Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-Q

(Mark One)

þ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2010

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number 001-33508

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   20-1677033

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

2220 W. 14 th Street

Tempe, AZ 85281

(Address of principal executive offices, including Zip Code)

(602) 850-5000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   ¨     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨   Accelerated filer   þ    Non-accelerated filer   ¨   Smaller reporting company   ¨
    

(Do not check if a smaller

reporting company)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No     þ

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of November 2, 2010: 99,117,655 shares.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

FORM 10-Q

Quarterly Period Ended September 30, 2010

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page  

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     3   
   ITEM 1.   

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     3   
     

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2010 and December  31, 2009

     3   
     

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 and 2009

     4   
     

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September  30, 2010 and 2009

     5   
     

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 and 2009

     6   
   ITEM 2.   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     23   
   ITEM 3.   

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     37   
   ITEM 4.   

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     37   

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

     38   
   ITEM 1.   

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     38   
   ITEM 1A.   

RISK FACTORS

     39   
   ITEM 2.   

UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

     54   
   ITEM 3.   

DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

     55   
   ITEM 4.   

REMOVED AND RESERVED

     55   
   ITEM 5.   

OTHER INFORMATION

     55   
   ITEM 6.   

EXHIBITS

     56   
SIGNATURES         57   
EX-10.32      
EX-31.01      
EX-31.02      
EX-32.01      
EX-32.02      


Table of Contents

 

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Financial Statements

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     September 30,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
     (Unaudited)        
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 52,229      $ 89,509   

Marketable securities

     18,421        64,870   

Accounts receivable, net of reserves of $7,491 at September 30, 2010 and $9,226 at December 31, 2009

     39,085        26,363   

Income taxes receivable

     862        617   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     8,891        9,654   
                

Total current assets

     119,488        191,013   

Property and equipment, net

     51,785        35,524   

Marketable securities, less current portion

     2,024        12   

Goodwill

     97,975        619   

Other intangible assets, net

     19,912        370   

Other assets

     7,520        8,132   
                

Total assets

   $ 298,704      $ 235,670   
                
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 10,909      $ 5,144   

Deferred revenue, current portion

     10,049        12,199   

Capital lease obligation, current portion

     970        —     

Other current liabilities

     19,464        14,140   
                

Total current liabilities

     41,392        31,483   

Deferred revenue, less current portion

     —          1,377   

Capital lease obligation, less current portion

     1,706        —     

Deferred income tax, less current portion

     602        10   

Other long term liabilities

     21        —     
                

Total liabilities

     43,721        32,870   

Commitments and contingencies

     —          —     

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 7,500 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 150,000 shares authorized at September 30, 2010; 98,995 and 85,011 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively

     99        85   

Additional paid-in capital

     374,053        308,537   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     750        93   

Accumulated deficit

     (119,919     (105,915
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     254,983        202,800   
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 298,704      $ 235,670   
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

3


Table of Contents

 

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     For the
Three Months Ended
September 30,
    For the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2010     2009     2010     2009  

Revenues

   $ 49,803      $ 32,530      $ 128,084      $ 98,038   
                                

Cost of revenue:

        

Cost of services

     22,068        14,889        56,773        44,757   

Depreciation — network

     5,878        6,018        15,980        18,699   
                                

Total cost of revenue

     27,946        20,907        72,753        63,456   
                                

Gross margin

     21,857        11,623        55,331        34,582   

Operating expenses:

        

General and administrative

     8,359        6,405        26,095        24,714   

Sales and marketing

     12,724        8,060        33,429        23,915   

Research and development

     4,491        2,024        10,614        5,878   

Depreciation and amortization

     2,034        627        4,404        1,699   

Provision for litigation judgment

     —          —          —          (65,645
                                

Total operating expenses

     27,608        17,116        74,542        (9,439
                                

Operating (loss) income

     (5,751     (5,493     (19,211     44,021   

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

     (6     (11     (13     (33

Interest income

     210        330        767        1,050   

Other (expense) income

     (120     15        (117     131   
                                

Total other income, net

     84        334        637        1,148   
                                

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (5,667     (5,159     (18,574     45,169   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     287        61        (4,570     552   
                                

Net (loss) income

   $ (5,954   $ (5,220   $ (14,004   $ 44,617   
                                

Net (loss) income per weighted average share:

        

Basic

   $ (0.06   $ (0.06   $ (0.15   $ 0.53   
                                

Diluted

   $ (0.06   $ (0.06   $ (0.15   $ 0.51   
                                

Shares used in per weighted average share calculations:

        

Basic

     98,634        84,489        92,547        84,012   

Diluted

     98,634        84,489        92,547        87,708   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

4


Table of Contents

 

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     For the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2010     2009  
     (Unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (14,004   $ 44,617   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     20,384        20,398   

Share-based compensation

     13,058        13,137   

Deferred income taxes

     (190     —     

Income tax benefit related to business acquisition

     (5,768     —     

Provision for litigation

     —          (65,645

Accounts receivable charges

     2,342        4,239   

Loss (gain) on foreign currency transactions

     (5     181   

Loss on sale of property and equipment

     152        —     

Accretion of marketable securities

     274        (455

Loss on marketable securities

     —          —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (5,506     1,793   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,138        (1,347

Income taxes receivable

     158        (176

Other assets

     1,006        (8,314

Accounts payable

     (1,033     (5,198

Deferred revenue

     (4,290     (2,085

Other current liabilities

     (134     (6,704

Other long term liabilities

     21        —     
                

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     7,603        (5,559
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of marketable securities

     (27,470     (45,735

Sale of marketable securities

     73,585        32,400   

Purchases of property and equipment

     (25,405     (16,648

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (66,529     22   
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (45,819     (29,961
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     462        240   
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     462        240   
                

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     474        (453
                

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (37,280     (35,733

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     89,509        138,180   
                

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 52,229      $ 102,447   
                

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 13      $ —     
                

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 1,499      $ 751   
                

Property and equipment purchases remaining in accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 5,157      $ 3,373   
                

Assets acquired thru capital leases

   $ 2,676      $ —     
                

Common stock issued in connection with acquisition of businesses

   $ 52,642      $ 962   
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

5


Table of Contents

 

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Nature of Business

Limelight Networks, Inc. (the Company) provides on-demand software, platform, and infrastructure services that help global businesses reach and engage audiences online or on any mobile or connected device, enabling them to enhance their brand presence, build stronger customer relationships, analyze viewer preferences, optimize their advertising, and manage and monetize their digital assets. The Company services customers in North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and the Asia Pacific region.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

Basis of Presentation

The condensed consolidated financial statements include accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). These principles require management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, together with amounts disclosed in the related notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements. Actual results and outcomes may differ from management’s estimates, judgments and assumptions. Significant estimates used in these condensed consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, revenues, accounts receivable and related reserves, useful lives and realizability of long-term assets, capitalized software, acquired intangibles, provision for litigation, income and other taxes, the fair value of stock-based compensation and other contingent liabilities. Estimates are periodically reviewed in light of changes in circumstances, facts and experience. The effects of material revisions in estimates are reflected in the condensed consolidated financial statements prospectively from the date of the change in estimate. The accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010, the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, and the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, are unaudited. The condensed consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2009 is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements which were included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2010. The consolidated financial information contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes contained in the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2010.

The results of operations presented in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2010 or for any future periods. In the opinion of management, these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include all adjustments of a normal recurring nature that are necessary to present fairly the results of all interim periods reported herein.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives revenue from the sale of services to customers executing contracts having terms of one year or longer. These contracts generally commit the customer to a minimum monthly or annual level of usage and provide the rate at which the customer must pay for actual usage above the monthly or annual minimum. For these services, the Company recognizes the monthly minimum as revenue each month provided that an enforceable contract has been signed by both parties, the service has been delivered to the customer, the fee for the service is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. Should a customer’s usage of the Company’s services exceed the monthly minimum commit, the Company recognizes revenue for such excess in the period of the usage. For annual or other non-monthly period revenue commitments, the Company recognizes revenue monthly based upon the customer’s actual usage each month of the commitment period and only recognizes any remaining committed amount for the applicable period in the last month thereof. The Company typically charges the customer an installation fee when the services are first activated. The installation fees are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue ratably over the estimated life of the customer arrangement. The Company also derives revenue from campaigns, services and events sold as discrete, non-recurring events or based solely on usage. For these services, the Company recognizes revenue after an enforceable contract has been signed by both parties, the fee is fixed or determinable, the event or usage has occurred and collection is reasonably assured.

The Company has on occasion entered into multi-element arrangements. In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) – Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements. ASU 2009-13 addresses the accounting for multiple-deliverable arrangements to enable vendors to account for products or services (deliverables) separately rather than as a combined unit. Specifically, this guidance amends the criteria in Subtopic 605-25, Revenue Recognition-Multiple-Element Arrangements (Subtopic 605-25), for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements. This guidance establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is based on: (a) vendor-specific objective evidence; (b) third-party evidence; or (c) management’s best estimate. This guidance also eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the

 

6


Table of Contents

arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. In the third quarter of 2010, the Company early adopted ASU 2009-13 with such adoption being effective for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified after January 1, 2010. The Company did not enter into or modify any multi-element arrangements falling under the scope of ASU 2009-13 during the six months ended June 30, 2010. The Company recognized $1.1 million of revenue related to a multi-element arrangement accounted for in accordance with ASU 2009-13 during the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010. In October 2009, the FASB also issued ASU 2009-14, Software (Topic 985) – Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements. ASU 2009-14 changes revenue recognition for tangible products containing software and hardware elements. Specifically, tangible products containing software and hardware that function together to deliver the tangible products’ essential functionality are scoped out of the existing software revenue recognition guidance and will be accounted for under the multiple-element arrangements revenue recognition guidance under ASU 2009-13. In the third quarter of 2010 in conjunction with the adoption of ASU 2009-13, the Company early adopted ASU 2009-14 with such adoption being effective for revenue arrangement entered into or materially modified after January 1, 2010. The Company did not enter into or modify any arrangements falling under the scope of ASU 2009-14 during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, and accordingly the impact of adoption was not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2009-13 effective January 1 2010, the Company accounted for multiple element arrangements in accordance with Subtopic 605-25. When the Company entered into such arrangements, each element was accounted for separately over its respective service period or at the time of delivery, provided that there was objective evidence of fair value for the separate elements. Objective evidence of fair value includes the price charged for the element when sold separately. If the fair value of each element could not be objectively determined, the total value of the arrangement was recognized ratably over the entire service period to the extent that all services have begun to be provided, and other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied.

If the multi-element arrangement included a significant software component, the Company recognized software license revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery occurs, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection of the receivable is reasonably assured. If a software license contained an undelivered element, the vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value of the undelivered element is deferred and the revenue recognized once the element is delivered. The undelivered elements related to these arrangements are primarily software support and professional services. VSOE of fair value of software support and professional services is based upon hourly rates or fixed fees charged when those services are sold separately. If VSOE could not be established for all elements to be delivered, the Company deferred all amounts received under the arrangement and did not begin to recognize revenue until the delivery of the last element of the contract started. Subsequent to commencement of delivery of the last element, the Company commenced revenue recognition. Amounts to be received under the contract are then included in the amortizable base and recognized as revenue ratably over the remaining term of the arrangement until the Company has delivered all elements and has no additional performance obligations.

The Company has certain multi-element arrangements as of September 30, 2010 that were entered into prior to the adoption of ASU 2009-13 in 2010. Under these arrangements, the Company recognized approximately $3.9 million and $9.2 million, respectively, in revenue for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010. During the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009, the Company recognized approximately $1.8 million and $5.1 million, respectively, in revenue related to its multi-element arrangement. As of September 30, 2010, the Company had deferred revenue related to these multi-element arrangements of approximately $4.3 million that will be recognized over the remaining terms of the respective arrangements based on the underlying elements of the arrangements in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policies.

The Company also sells services through a reseller channel. Assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met, revenue from reseller arrangements is recognized over the term of the contract, based on the reseller’s contracted non-refundable minimum purchase commitments plus amounts sold by the reseller to its customers in excess of the minimum commitments. These excess commitments are recognized as revenue in the period in which the service is provided. The Company records revenue under these agreements on a net or gross basis depending upon the terms of the arrangement . The Company typically records revenue gross when it has risk of loss, latitude in establishing price, credit risk and is the primary obligor in the arrangement. Reseller revenue for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 represented approximately 5% respectively, of the Company’s total revenue. During the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009, reseller revenue was approximately 3% and 2%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenue.

From time to time, the Company enters into contracts to sell services to unrelated companies at or about the same time the Company enters into contracts to purchase products or services from the same companies. If the Company concludes that these contracts were negotiated concurrently, the Company records as revenue only the net cash received from the vendor. For certain non-cash arrangements whereby the Company provides rack space and bandwidth services to several companies in exchange for advertising the Company records barter revenue and expense if the services are objectively measurable. The various types of advertising include radio, website, print and signage. The Company recorded barter revenue and expense of approximately $22,000 and $74,000, respectively, for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010. During the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009, the Company recorded barter revenue and expense of approximately $-0- and $172,000, respectively.

 

7


Table of Contents

 

The Company may from time to time resell licenses or services of third parties. Revenue for these transactions is recorded when the Company has risk of loss related to the amounts purchased from the third party and the Company adds value to the license or service, such as by providing maintenance or support for such license or service. If these conditions are present, the Company recognizes revenue when all other revenue recognition criteria are satisfied.

At the inception of a customer contract for service, the Company makes an assessment as to that customer’s ability to pay for the services provided. If the Company subsequently determines that collection from the customer is not reasonably assured, the Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts and bad debt expense or deferred revenue for all of that customer’s unpaid invoices and ceases recognizing revenue for continued services provided until cash is received.

Restricted Cash

The Company secures one of its capital lease obligations with a letter of credit that is collateralized by $263,000 of cash. When the capital lease is repaid, the letter of credit would no longer be required and the restricted cash would be available for general use. In addition, the Company secures a business credit card with a letter of credit that is collateralized by approximately $50,000 of cash. Restricted cash is excluded from cash and cash equivalents and is recorded in other long term assets (due to the term of the lease being greater that one year and the expectation that the usage of the credit card will continue beyond one year) in the accompanying balance sheets.

Investments in Marketable Securities

Management determines the appropriate classification of its debt and equity securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such classification as of each balance sheet date. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary are determined based on the specific identification method and are reported in the statements of operations.

The Company has classified its investments in equity and debt securities as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale investments are initially recorded at cost with temporary changes in fair value periodically adjusted through comprehensive income. The Company periodically reviews its investments for other-than-temporary declines in fair value based on the specific identification method and writes down investments to their fair value when an other-than-temporary decline has occurred.

The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities at September 30, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
 

Government agency bonds

   $ 11,336       $ 5       $ (1 )   $ 11,340   

Corporate notes and bonds

     7,056         25         —          7,081   
                                  

Total available-for-sale debt securities

     18,392         30         (1     18,421   

Publicly traded common stock

     1,279         745         —          2,024   
                                  

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 19,671       $ 775       $ (1   $ 20,445   
                                  

At September 30, 2010, the Company evaluated its investment portfolio in available-for-sale debt securities, and noted unrealized losses of approximately $1,000 were due to fluctuations in interest rates. Management does not believe any of the unrealized losses represented an other-than-temporary impairment based on its evaluation of available evidence as of September 30, 2010. There have been no unrealized losses greater than twelve months. The Company’s intent is to hold these investments until such time as these assets are no longer impaired.

Expected maturities can differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to prepay obligations without prepayment penalties, and the Company views its available-for-sale securities as available for current operations.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the available-for-sale debt securities at September 30, 2010, by maturity, are shown below (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
 

Available-for-sale debt securities

          

Due in one year or less

   $ 16,392       $ 29       $ (1   $ 16,420   

Due after one year and through five years

     2,000         1         —          2,001   
                                  
   $ 18,392       $ 30       $ (1   $ 18,421   
                                  

 

8


Table of Contents

 

The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2009 (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
 

Government agency bonds

   $ 46,153       $ 16       $ (33   $ 46,136   

Commercial paper

     8,996         —           —          8,996   

Corporate notes and bonds

     9,631         108         (1     9,738   
                                  

Total available-for-sale debt securities

     64,780         124         (34     64,870   

Publicly traded common stock

     13         —           (1     12   
                                  

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 64,793       $ 124       $ (35   $ 64,882   
                                  

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the available-for-sale debt securities at December 31, 2009, by maturity, are shown below (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
 

Available-for-sale debt securities

          

Due in one year or less

   $ 62,223       $ 124       $ (27   $ 62,320   

Due after one year and less than two years

     2,557         —           (7     2,550   
                                  
   $ 64,780       $ 124       $ (34   $ 64,870   
                                  

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents costs in excess of fair values assigned to the underlying net assets of the acquired company. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired.

The Company’s other intangible assets represent existing technologies, trademark, non-compete agreements, patent, usage contract, domain names and customer relationships intangibles. Other intangible assets are amortized over their respective estimated lives, ranging from one to five years. In the event that facts and circumstances indicate intangibles or other long-lived assets may be impaired, the Company evaluates the recoverability and estimated useful lives of such assets.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2010, the FASB issued FASB Accounting Standards Update 2010-09, Subsequent Events: Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements (ASU 2010-09), which amends FASB ASC Topic 855, Subsequent Events . The update provides that SEC filers, as defined in ASU 2010-09, are no longer required to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated in originally issued and revised financial statements. The update also requires SEC filers to evaluate subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued rather than the date the financial statements are available to be issued. The Company adopted ASU 2010-09 upon issuance. This update had no impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

As of January 1, 2010, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update 2010-06 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820)— Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements . This new accounting standard requires new disclosures and clarifies certain existing disclosure requirements about fair value measurements. The standard requires a reporting entity to disclose significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements, to describe the reasons for the transfers and to present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs. The standard is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010; early adoption is permitted. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

As of January 1, 2010, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update 2010-02, Consolidation (Topic 810) —Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary. This new accounting standard clarifies the scope of the decrease in ownership provisions and expands the disclosure requirements about deconsolidation of a subsidiary or de-recognition of a group of assets. The standard is effective beginning in the first interim or annual reporting period ending on or after December 15, 2009 and thus is effective for the Company’s first quarter reporting in 2010. The amendments in the standard must be applied retrospectively to the first period that an entity adopted SFAS 160. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

9


Table of Contents

 

3. Business Acquisitions

chors GmbH

On January 27, 2010 the Company acquired chors GmbH (chors), an on-line and direct marketing solutions provider located in Germany. The aggregate purchase price, including the earn-out provision, consisted of approximately $2.8 million of cash, of which approximately $2.5 million was paid at closing, and up to 860,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, of which 86,000 shares were issued at closing. The fair value of the common shares issued as consideration for chors was determined on the basis of the closing market price of the Company’s common shares on the acquisition date. In addition, the Company incurred approximately $0.3 million of transaction costs, which primarily consisted of fees for legal and financial advisory services. These transaction costs were included in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s statement of operations for the three (approximately $0.1 million) and nine (approximately $0.3 million) month periods ended September 30, 2010. The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of chors from the date of acquisition. The historical results of operations of chors were not significant to the Company’s consolidated results of operations for the periods presented. The total purchase consideration was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, as determined by management and, with respect to identifiable intangible assets, by management with the assistance of an appraisal provided by a third party valuation firm. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed has been recorded as goodwill. In accordance with current accounting standards, goodwill associated with the chors acquisition will not be amortized and will be tested for impairment at least annually (see Note 6). As of September 30, 2010, the Company has recorded approximately $3.1 million of contingent consideration based on current estimates to achieve the financial milestones in the earn-out provision.

The following table presents the allocation of the purchase price for chors:

 

     (In thousands)  

Consideration:

  

Cash

   $ 2,814   

Value of common stock

     3,122   
        

Total consideration

   $ 5,936   
        

Acquisition-related costs (included in general and administrative expenses)

   $ 265   
        

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

  

Financial assets

   $ 845   

Property and equipment

     63   

Identifiable intangible assets

     2,498   

Financial liabilities

     (557
        

Total identifiable net assets

     2,849   

Goodwill

     3,087   
        
   $ 5,936   
        

The following were the identified intangible assets acquired and the respective estimated periods over which such assets will be amortized:

 

     Amount      Weighted
Average
useful life
 
     (In thousands)      (In years)  

Existing technologies

   $ 1,180         3.0   

Non-compete agreements

     940         4.0   

Usage contract

     370         1.6   

Trademarks

     8         5.0   
           

Total

   $ 2,498      
           

In determining the purchase price allocation, the Company considered, among other factors, its intention to use the acquired assets and the historical and estimated future demand for chors services. The fair value of intangible assets was based upon the market approach and the income approach. In applying the market approach, the values of the intangible assets acquired were determined based upon the economic principal of competition. Although there is no established public market for intangible assets, the market approach can be utilized through the analysis of market-derived empirical transaction data. The market approach involves empirical market data involving comparable intangible assets and a comparison of the subject intangible assets to such comparable intangible assets. This method is sometimes referred to as the Net Avoided Royalty Method. In the Net Avoided Royalty Method, transactions

 

10


Table of Contents

involving the licensing of comparable intangible assets are analyzed and the value of an asset is estimated by capitalizing the royalty expense saved because the company owns the asset.

The relief-from-royalty method was used to value the existing technologies and trademarks acquired from chors. The relief-from-royalty method estimates the cost savings that accrue to the owner of an intangible asset that would otherwise be required to pay royalties or license fees on revenues earned through the use of the asset. The royalty rate used is based on an analysis of empirical, market-derived royalty rates for guideline intangible assets. Typically, revenue is projected over the expected remaining useful life of the completed technology. The market-derived royalty rate is then applied to estimate the royalty savings. The key assumptions used in valuing the existing technologies are as follows: royalty rate of 14%, discount rate of 21.5%, tax rate of 25% and estimated average economic life of three years. The key assumptions used in valuing the existing trademarks are as follows: royalty rate of 0.5%, discount rate of 21%, tax rate of 25% and estimated average economic life of five years.

The non-compete agreements and usage contract were valued using the income approach. In utilizing the income approach, the Company estimates the value of an intangible based on the present value of future economic income attributable to the ownership of the asset. This approach is typically determined through a Discounted Cash Flow Method. The Discounted Cash Flow Method provides an indication of value based on discounting projected debt-free net cash flows to their present value at a discount rate that reflects both market based return requirements and risks inherent in the specific intangible asset. In applying this approach, the values of the intangible assets acquired were determined using projections of revenues and expenses specifically attributed to the intangible assets. The income streams were then discounted to present value using estimated risk-adjusted discount rates. The rate used to discount the expected future net cash flows from the intangible assets to their present values was based upon a weighted average cost of capital of approximately 20%. The discount rate was determined after consideration of market rates of return on debt and equity capital, the weighted average return on invested capital and the risk associated with achieving forecasted sales related to the technology and assets acquired from chors. The key assumptions used in valuing the non-compete agreements and usage contract were as follows: 20.5% for non-compete agreements, and 18.5% for usage contract, tax rate of 25% and estimated remaining economic life of 4 years for non-compete agreements and 1.6 years for the usage contract.

The total weighted average amortization period for the intangible assets acquired from chors is 3.2 years. The intangible assets are being amortized based upon the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are being utilized, which in general reflects the cash flows generated from such assets. The goodwill resulting from the chors acquisition is not deductible for income tax purposes.

EyeWonder Acquisition

On April 30, 2010, the Company completed its acquisition of EyeWonder, Inc. (EyeWonder), a provider of interactive digital advertising products and services to advertisers, advertising agencies and publishers headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia. The aggregate purchase price, excluding the earn-out provision consisted of approximately $62.8 million of cash and 12,740,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with an estimated fair value of approximately $51.2 million. The fair value of the common shares issued as consideration for EyeWonder was determined on the basis of the closing market price of the Company’s common shares on the acquisition date. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, the former holders of EyeWonder securities that were outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the merger received, in the aggregate, approximately $49.6 million in cash and 9,726,301 shares of the Company’s common stock with a determined value of approximately $39.1 million based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on April 30, 2010. In addition, the former EyeWonder securityholders may receive up to 4,774,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and approximately $0.3 million in cash in April 2011 if certain performance metrics are satisfied. At this time, the Company does not believe that the performance metrics will be achieved and accordingly has not recorded any contingent consideration. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, 3,013,699 shares of the Company’s common stock have been set aside in an escrow account and will be held until June 28, 2011, subject to any unresolved indemnification claims. In addition, the Company incurred approximately $2.3 million of transaction costs, which primarily consisted of fees for legal and financial advisory services. Approximately $1.5 million of these costs were recorded in 2009 and approximately $0.8 million, are included in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s statement of operations for the nine month period ended September 30, 2010. The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of EyeWonder from the date of acquisition. The total purchase consideration was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, as determined by management and, with respect to identifiable intangible assets, by management with the assistance of an appraisal provided by a third party valuation firm. The allocation is preliminary and will be finalized during the fourth quarter of 2010. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed has been recorded as goodwill. The value of the goodwill from this acquisition can be attributed to a number of business factors including, but not limited to, potential sales opportunities of providing Limelight services to EyeWonder customers; trained technical workforce in place in the United States and Europe; existing sales pipeline and trained sales force and potential cost synergies to be realized. In accordance with current accounting standards, goodwill associated with the EyeWonder acquisition will not be amortized and will be tested for impairment at least annually (see Note 6).

 

11


Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the preliminary allocation of the purchase price for EyeWonder:

 

     (In thousands)  

Consideration:

  

Cash

   $ 62,782   

Common stock

     51,215   
        

Total consideration

   $ 113,997   
        

Acquisition-related costs (included in general and administrative expenses)

   $ 2,331   
        

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

  

Financial assets

   $ 12,798   

Property and equipment

     1,100   

Identifiable intangible assets

     17,849   

Financial liabilities

     (8,617
        

Total identifiable net assets

     23,130   

Goodwill

     90,867   
        
   $ 113,997   
        

The following were the preliminary identified intangible assets acquired and the respective estimated periods over which such assets will be amortized:

 

     Amount      Weighted
Average
useful life
 
     (In thousands)      (In years)  

Existing technologies

   $ 14,982         4.0   

Patent

     789         4.0   

Trademarks

     1,800         Indefinite   

Non-compete agreements

     278         1.5   
           

Total

   $ 17,849      
           

In determining the purchase price allocation, the Company considered, among other factors, its intention to use the acquired assets and the historical and estimated future demand for EyeWonder services. The estimated fair value of intangible assets was based upon the market approach and the income approach. In applying the market approach, the values of the intangible assets acquired were determined based upon the economic principal of competition. Although there is no established public market for intangible assets, the market approach can be utilized through the analysis of market-derived empirical transaction data. The market approach involves empirical market data involving comparable intangible assets and a comparison of the subject intangible assets to such comparable intangible assets. This method is sometimes referred to as the Net Avoided Royalty Method. In the Net Avoided Royalty Method, transactions involving the licensing of comparable intangible assets are analyzed and the value of an asset is estimated by capitalizing the royalty expense saved because the company owns the asset.

The relief-from-royalty method was used to value the existing technologies, patents and trademarks acquired from EyeWonder. The relief-from-royalty method estimates the cost savings that accrue to the owner of an intangible asset that would otherwise be required to pay royalties or license fees on revenues earned through the use of the asset. The royalty rate used is based on an analysis of empirical, market-derived royalty rates for guideline intangible assets. Typically, revenue is projected over the expected remaining useful life of the completed technology. The market-derived royalty rate is then applied to estimate the royalty savings. The key assumptions used in valuing the existing technologies and patents acquired are as follows: royalty rate of 14%, discount rate of 17%, tax rate of 38% and estimated average economic life of four years. The key assumptions used in valuing the existing trademarks acquired are as follows: royalty rate of 0.5%, discount rate of 17%, tax rate of 38% and an indefinite economic life.

The non-compete agreements were valued using the income approach. In utilizing the income approach, the Company estimates the value of an intangible based on the present value of future economic income attributable to the ownership of the asset. This approach is typically determined through a Discounted Cash Flow Method. The Discounted Cash Flow Method provides an indication of value based on discounting projected debt-free net cash flows to their present value at a discount rate that reflects both market based return requirements and risks inherent in the specific intangible asset. In applying this approach, the values of the intangible assets acquired were determined using projections of revenues and expenses specifically attributed to the intangible assets. The income streams were then discounted to present value using estimated risk-adjusted discount rates. The rate used to discount the expected future net cash flows from the intangible assets to their present values was based upon a weighted average cost of capital of approximately 16%. The discount rate was determined after consideration of market rates of return on debt and equity capital, the weighted average return on invested capital and the risk associated with achieving forecasted sales related to the technology and

 

12


Table of Contents

assets acquired from EyeWonder. The key assumptions used in valuing the non-compete agreements were as follows: discount rate of 16%, tax rate of 38% and estimated remaining economic life of 1.5 years.

The total weighted average amortization period for the intangible assets acquired from EyeWonder is 3.6 years. The intangible assets are being amortized based upon the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are being utilized, which in general reflects the cash flows generated from such assets. The goodwill resulting from the EyeWonder acquisition is not deductible for income tax purposes.

The following table reflects unaudited pro forma results of operations of the Company for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 assuming that the EyeWonder acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2010 and January 1, 2009, respectively (in thousands, expect per share data):

 

     For the
Three Months Ended
September 30,
    For the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2010     2009     2010     2009  

Revenues

   $ 49,803      $ 41,868      $ 137,604      $ 121,192   

Net income

   $ (6,126   $ (5,601   $ (16,475   $ 41,145   

Net income per share – basic

   $ (0.06   $ (0.06   $ (0.18   $ 0.43   

Net income per share – diluted

   $ (0.06   $ (0.06   $ (0.18   $ 0.41   

Delve Networks, Inc. Acquisition

On July 30, 2010, the Company acquired Delve Networks, Inc. (Delve), a privately-held provider of cloud-based video publishing and analytics services located in Seattle, Washington. The aggregate purchase price consisted of approximately $2.6 million of cash paid at the closing and approximately $0.2 million for the earn-out provision and 335,195 shares of the Company’s common stock with an estimated fair value of approximately $1.4 million. The fair value of the common shares issued as consideration for Delve was determined on the basis of the closing market price of the Company’s common shares on the acquisition date. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, approximately $0.6 million of the cash portion of the purchase price has been set aside in an escrow account and will be held for a period of up to 36 months following the closing date to satisfy any unresolved indemnification claims. In addition, the Company incurred approximately $0.2 million of transaction costs, which primarily consisted of fees for legal services. These transaction costs were included in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s statement of operations for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010. The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of Delve from the date of acquisition. The historical results of operations of Delve were not significant to the Company’s consolidated results of operations for the periods presented. The total purchase consideration was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, as determined by management. In addition, management has made a preliminary estimate of unidentified intangible assets. The allocation is preliminary and we expect it will be finalized during the fourth quarter of 2010. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed has been recorded as goodwill. In accordance with current accounting standards, goodwill associated with the Delve acquisition will not be amortized and will be tested for impairment at least annually (see Note 6). As of September 30, 2010, the Company has recorded approximately $0.5 million of contingent consideration based on current estimates to achieve the financial milestones in the earn-out provision.

The following table presents the preliminary allocation of the purchase price for Delve:

 

     (In thousands)  

Consideration:

  

Cash

   $ 2,810   

Common stock

     1,428   
        

Total consideration

   $ 4,238   
        

Acquisition-related costs (included in general and administrative expenses)

   $ 150   
        

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

  

Financial assets

   $ 134   

Property and equipment

     12   

Unidentified estimated intangible assets

     1,682   

Financial liabilities

     (345
        

Total identifiable net assets

     1,483   

Goodwill

     2,755   
        
   $ 4,238   
        

 

13


Table of Contents

 

The total weighted average amortization period for the unidentified estimated intangible assets acquired from Delve is 3.0 years. The goodwill resulting from the Delve acquisition is not deductible for income tax purposes.

4. Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable include (in thousands):

 

     As of
September 30,
2010
    As of
December 31,
2009
 

Accounts receivable

   $ 39,631      $ 29,457   

Unbilled accounts receivable

     6,945        6,132   
                
     46,576        35,589   

Less: credit allowance

     (1,150     (1,190

Less: allowance for bad debt

     (6,341     (8,036
                

Total accounts receivable, net

   $ 39,085      $ 26,363   
                

5. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets include (in thousands):

 

     As of
September 30,
2010
     As of
December 31,
2009
 

Prepaid bandwidth and backbone services

   $ 3,562       $ 3,511   

Non-income taxes receivable (VAT)

     1,485         3,449   

Employee advances and prepaid recoverable commissions

     279         147   

Interest receivable

     145         413   

Other

     3,420         2,134   
                 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 8,891       $ 9,654   
                 

The Company is subject to and has paid Value Added Tax (VAT) in certain foreign jurisdictions in which it operates. Based on analysis and application of the VAT laws in particular locations, the Company believes it is entitled to a refund of VAT previously paid.

In January and September 2009, the Company entered into multi-year arrangements with a telecommunications provider for additional bandwidth and backbone capacity. The agreements required the Company to make advanced payments for future services to be received.

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company has recorded goodwill and other intangible assets as a result of its business acquisitions of Kiptronic Inc. (Kiptronic), chors, EyeWonder and Delve that occurred in May 2009, January 2010, April 2010 and July 2010, respectively.

The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed has been recorded as goodwill. As of September 30, 2010, the Company has recorded goodwill of approximately $98.0 million.

The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may exceed their fair value. The Company concluded that it had one reporting unit and assigned the entire balance of goodwill to this reporting unit as of September 30, 2010.

Other intangible assets that are subject to amortization consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     September 30, 2010  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Existing technologies

   $ 16,580       $ (1,963   $ 14,617   

Trademark

     1,807         (1     1,806   

Non-compete agreements

     1,201         (225     976   

 

14


Table of Contents
     September 30, 2010  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Patents

     789         (82     707   

Usage contract

     363         (146     217   

Customer relationships

     12         (12     —     

Domain names

     11         (11     —     

Unidentified estimated intangible assets

     1,682         (93     1,589   
                         

Total other intangible assets

   $ 22,445       $ (2,533   $ 19,912   
                         
     December 31, 2009  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
 
                         

Existing technologies

   $ 440       $ (74   $ 366   

Domain names

     11         (7     4   

Customer relationships and contracts

     12         (12     —     
                         

Total other intangible assets

   $ 463       $ (93   $ 370   
                         

Aggregate expense related to amortization of other intangible assets for the three months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $1.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, aggregate expense related to amortization of other intangible assets was approximately $2.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively. Based on the Company’s other intangible assets as of September 30, 2010, aggregate expense related to amortization of other intangible assets is expected to be $1.4 million for the remainder of 2010, and $5.5 million, $5.2 million, $4.6 million and $1.3 million for fiscal years 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

7. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment include (in thousands):

 

     As of
September 30,
2010
    As of
December 31,
2009
 

Network equipment

   $ 143,180      $ 115,505   

Computer equipment

     7,398        5,493   

Furniture and fixtures

     895        691   

Leasehold improvements

     2,984        2,812   

Other equipment

     483        473   
                
     154,940        124,974   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (103,155     (89,450
                

Total property and equipment

   $ 51,785      $ 35,524   
                

8. Other Assets

Other assets include (in thousands):

 

     As of
September 30,
2010
     As of
December 31,
2009
 

Prepaid backbone services

   $ 4,993       $ 7,413   

Vendor deposits and other

     1,953         719   

Restricted cash

     314         —     

Cost basis investments

     260         —     
                 

Total other assets

   $ 7,520       $ 8,132   
                 

In January and September 2009, the Company entered into multi-year arrangements with a telecommunications provider for additional bandwidth and backbone capacity. The agreements required the Company to make advanced payments for future services to be received.

 

15


Table of Contents

 

The Company secures its capital lease obligation with a letter of credit that is collateralized by $263,000 of cash as of September 30, 2010. Upon repayment of the capital lease obligation, the letter of credit would no longer be required and the restricted cash would be available for general use. In addition, the Company secures a business credit card with a letter of credit that is collateralized by approximately $50,000 of cash that the Company also considers as restricted cash.

On May 18, 2010, the Company made a strategic investment in Gaikai, a private cloud-based gaming technology company that allows users to play major PC and console games through a web browser. The Company will provide services to Gaikai, which will be recorded as revenue when earned, with a corresponding increase in its cost basis of its investment.

9. Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of
September 30,
2010
     As of
December 31,
2009
 

Accrued compensation and benefits

   $ 4,943       $ 2,827   

Contingent consideration liability

     3,582         —     

Accrued legal fees

     2,721         2,702   

Accrued cost of revenue

     2,287         2,822   

Income taxes payable

     1,760         1,905   

Non income taxes payable

     879         747   

Other accrued expenses

     3,292         3,137   
                 

Total other current liabilities

   $ 19,464       $ 14,140   
                 

The Company has determined that certain transactions are subject to sales tax in some of the states in which it operates. Accordingly, the Company has recorded a liability for those amounts which are probable and reasonably estimated.

10. Litigation

In June 2006, Akamai Technologies, Inc., or Akamai, and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or MIT, filed a lawsuit against the Company in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts alleging that the Company was infringing two patents assigned to MIT and exclusively licensed by MIT to Akamai, United States Patent No. 6,553,413 (the ‘413 patent) and United States Patent No. 6,108,703 (the ‘703 patent). In September 2006, Akamai and MIT expanded their claims to assert infringement of a third, recently issued patent United States Patent No. 7,103,645 (the ‘645 patent). In February 2008, a jury returned a verdict in this lawsuit, finding that the Company infringed four claims of the ‘703 patent at issue and rejecting the Company’s invalidity defenses for the period April 2005 through December 31, 2007. The jury awarded an aggregate of approximately $45.5 million which includes lost profits, reasonable royalties and price erosion damages. In addition, the jury awarded prejudgment interest which the Company estimated to be $2.6 million at December 31, 2007. The Company recorded an aggregate $48.1 million as a provision for litigation as of December 31, 2007. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company estimated its revenue from alleged infringing methods totaled approximately 25% of total revenue. The Company recorded a potential additional provision for litigation totaling $15.5 million, plus additional interest of $2.0 million, for the year ended December 31, 2008. The total provision for litigation at December 31, 2008 was $65.6 million.

On July 1, 2008, the court denied the Company’s Motions for Judgment as a Matter of Law (JMOL), Obviousness, and a New Trial. The court also denied Akamai’s Motion for Permanent Injunction as premature and its Motions for Summary Judgment regarding the Company’s equitable defenses. The court conducted a bench trial in November 2008 regarding the Company’s equitable defenses. The Company also filed a motion for reconsideration of the court’s earlier denial of the Company’s motion for JMOL. The Company’s motion for JMOL was based largely upon a clarification in the standard for a finding of joint infringement articulated by the Federal Circuit in the case of Muniauction, Inc. v. Thomson Corp. (the Muniauction Case), released after the court denied the Company’s initial motion for JMOL. On April 24, 2009 the court issued its order and memorandum setting aside the adverse jury verdict and ruling that the Company did not infringe Akamai’s ‘703 patent and that the Company is entitled to judgment as a matter of law. Based upon the court’s April 24, 2009 order the Company has reversed the $65.6 million provision for litigation previously recorded for this lawsuit as the Company no longer believes that payment of any amounts represented by the litigation provision is probable. The court entered final judgment in favor of the Company on May 22, 2009, and Akamai filed its notice of appeal of the court’s decision on May 26, 2009 and its appeal brief on September 15, 2009 with the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. The Company filed its reply brief on December 9, 2009 and each party has filed further appeal briefs. The court heard arguments by both parties on June 7, 2010. The Company intends to vigorously defend the action should the court rule in Akamai’s favor. The Company is not able at this time to estimate the range of potential loss nor, in light of the favorable court order, does it believe that a loss is probable. Therefore, there is no provision for this lawsuit in the Company’s financial statements.

 

16


Table of Contents

 

Legal and other expenses associated with this case have been significant. The Company includes these litigation expenses in general and administrative expenses, as reported in its consolidated statement of operations. The Company expects that the litigation will continue to be expensive, time consuming and a distraction to its management in operating its business.

In December 2007, Level 3 Communications, LLC, or Level 3, filed a lawsuit against the Company in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia alleging that the Company was infringing certain patents Level 3 acquired from Savvis Communications Corp. In addition to monetary relief, including treble damages, interest, fees and costs, the complaint sought an order permanently enjoining the Company from conducting its business in a manner that infringed the relevant patents. A jury trial was conducted in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia in January 2009, and on January 23, 2009 the jury returned a verdict favorable to the Company finding that the Company did not infringe the Level 3 patents. The Company believes the jury verdict finding that the Company did not infringe the Level 3 patents is correct, and that the claims of infringement asserted against the Company by Level 3 in the litigation were without merit. The court denied Level 3’s subsequent motion for JMOL or alternatively for a new trial, and entered judgment in favor of the Company. Level 3 filed its notice of appeal of the court’s decision on July 21, 2009 and its appeal brief on October 5, 2009 with the United States court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. The Company filed its reply brief on January 19, 2010. On May 3, 2010 the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit heard oral argument on this matter, and on May 5, 2010 the court affirmed the District Court judgment in favor of the Company. Level 3 subsequently filed a motion for re-hearing and hearing en banc that the Court subsequently denied. In light of the favorable ruling the Company does not believe a loss is probable. Therefore, there is no provision for this lawsuit in the Company’s financial statements.

In August 2007, the Company, certain of its officers and current and former directors, and the firms that served as the lead underwriters in the Company’s initial public offering were named as defendants in several purported class action lawsuits filed in the United States District Courts for the District of Arizona and the Southern District of New York. All of the New York cases were transferred to Arizona and consolidated into a single action. The plaintiffs’ consolidated complaint asserted causes of action under Sections 11, 12, and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on behalf of a purported class of individuals who purchased the Company’s common stock in its initial public offering and/or pursuant to its Prospectus. The complaint alleges, among other things, that the Company omitted and/or misstated certain facts concerning the seasonality of its business and the loss of revenue related to certain customers. On March 17, 2008, the Company and the individual defendants moved to dismiss all of the plaintiffs’ claims and a hearing was held on June 16, 2008. On August 8, 2008, the court granted the motion to dismiss, dismissing plaintiffs’ claims under Section 12 with prejudice and granting leave to amend the claims under Sections 11 and 15. Plaintiffs chose not to amend the claims under Sections 11 and 15, and on August 29, 2008 the court entered judgment in favor of the Company. On September 5, 2008, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal, and appellate briefs were filed by the parties in January and February 2009. The Company believes that it and the individual defendants have meritorious defenses to the plaintiffs’ claims and intends to contest the lawsuits vigorously. In November 2009 the parties entered into a Memorandum of Understanding to settle this lawsuit for an amount well within the coverage limits of the primary carrier of our directors and officers liability insurance. The Company is working to finalize the settlement which will require court approval. The Company is not able at this time to estimate the range of potential loss nor, in light of the pending settlement does it believe that a loss is probable. Therefore, there is no provision for these lawsuits in the Company’s financial statements.

11. Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The Company calculates basic and diluted earnings per share based on income available to common stockholders, which approximates net income for each period, and includes the restricted stock as participating securities. The Company uses the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, plus the restricted stock discussed above, for the computation of basic earnings per share using the two-class method. Diluted earnings per share include the dilutive effect of convertible stock options and restricted stock units in the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding.

The following table sets forth the components used in the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods indicated (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     For the
Three Months Ended
September 30,
    For the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2010     2009     2010     2009  

Net (loss) income available to common stockholders

   $ (5,954   $ (5,220   $ (14,004   $ 44,617   
                                

Basic weighted average common shares

     98,634        84,489        92,547        84,012   
                                

Basic weighted average common shares

     98,634        84,489        92,547        84,012   

Dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock units

     —          —          —          3,696   
                                

Diluted weighted average common shares

     98,634        84,489        92,547        87,708   
                                

 

17


Table of Contents

 

     For the
Three Months
Ended
September 30,
    For the
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2010     2009     2010     2009  

Basic net (loss) income per share

   $ (0.06   $ (0.06   $ (0.15   $ 0.53   

Diluted net (loss) income per share

   $ (0.06   $ (0.06   $ (0.15   $ 0.51   
                                

For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 and the three month period ended September 30, 2009, an aggregate of approximately 4,369,000, 4,551,000 and 4,048,000 respectively, of outstanding options and common stock subject to repurchase were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per common share because including them would have had an antidilutive effect.

12. Comprehensive (Loss) Income

The following table presents the calculation of comprehensive income (loss) and its components (in thousands):

 

     For the
Three Months Ended
September 30,
    For the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2010     2009     2010     2009  

Net (loss) income

   $ (5,954   $ (5,220   $ (14,004   $ 44,617   

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

        

Unrealized gain on investments

     1,015        16        686        118   

Foreign exchange translation

     923        (1     (29     (275
                                

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     1,938        15        657        (157
                                

Comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (4,016   $ (5,205   $ (13,347   $ 44,460   
                                

For the periods presented, accumulated other comprehensive income consisted of (in thousands):

 

     As of
September 30,
2010
    As of
December 31,
2009
 

Net unrealized gain on investments, net of tax

   $ 779      $ 93   

Foreign currency translation

     (29     —     
                

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

   $ 750      $ 93   
                

13. Stockholders’ Equity

On January 27, 2010, the Company completed its acquisition of chors. The aggregate purchase price of chors including the estimated fair value of the earn-out provision, consisted of approximately $2.8 million of cash, of which approximately $2.5 million was paid at closing, and up to 860,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, of which 86,000 shares were issued at closing with a determined fair value of approximately $0.3 million. The fair value of the common stock issued as consideration for chors was determined on the basis of the closing market price of the Company’s common shares on the acquisition date.

On April 30, 2010, the Company completed its acquisition of EyeWonder. The former holders of EyeWonder securities that were outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the acquisition received, in the aggregate, approximately $49.6 million in cash and 9,726,301 shares of the Company’s common stock with a determined value of approximately $39.1 million based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on April 30, 2010. In addition, the former EyeWonder securityholders may receive up to 4,774,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and approximately $0.3 million in cash in April 2011 if certain performance metrics are satisfied. At this time, the Company does not believe that the performance metrics will be achieved and accordingly has not recorded any contingent consideration. In accordance with the terms of the acquisition, 3,013,699 shares of the Company’s common stock have been set aside in an escrow account and will be held until June 28, 2011, subject to any unresolved indemnification claims.

On July 30, 2010, the Company completed its acquisition of Delve. The aggregate purchase price, including the earn-out provision consisted of approximately $2.8 million of cash and 335,195 shares of the Company’s common stock with an estimated fair value of approximately $1.4 million. The fair value of the common shares issued as consideration for Delve was determined on the basis of the closing market price of the Company’s common shares on the acquisition date.

 

18


Table of Contents

 

14. Share-Based Compensation

The following table summarizes the components of share-based compensation expense included in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of operations for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 in accordance with current accounting standards (in thousands):

 

     For the
Three Months Ended
September 30,
     For the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2010      2009      2010      2009  

Share-based compensation expense by type of award:

           

Stock options

   $ 2,665       $ 2,255       $ 7,672       $ 6,324   

Restricted stock awards and units

     1,889         2,114         5,386         6,813   
                                   

Total share-based compensation expense

   $ 4,554       $ 4,369       $ 13,058       $ 13,137   
                                   

Effect of share-based compensation expense on:

           

Cost of services

   $ 645       $ 638       $ 1,827       $ 1,772   

General and administrative expense

     1,779         1,805         5,190         5,755   

Sales and marketing expense

     1,311         1,293         3,789         3,734   

Research and development expense

     819         633         2,252         1,876   
                                   

Total cost related to share-based compensation expense

   $ 4,554       $ 4,369       $ 13,058       $ 13,137   
                                   

Unrecognized share-based compensation expense totaled $31.0 million at September 30, 2010. The Company expects to amortize $4.5 million during the remainder of 2010, $13.1 million in 2011 and the remainder thereafter based upon the scheduled vesting of the stock options, restricted stock awards and units outstanding at that time.

In November 2008, the Company entered into an Equity Award Amendment with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO). In connection with this award, 750,000 options to purchase common stock were cancelled and another 750,000 options were modified. In exchange, the CEO received 500,000 Restricted Stock Units, or RSUs of which 100,000 are service awards vesting over two years and the remaining 400,000 are performance awards. Accordingly, the Company measured the incremental fair value of the RSUs issued over the fair value of the options cancelled and modified and calculated there to be $317,500 of additional unrecognized share-based compensation which will be recognized over the vesting period of the modified options and RSUs granted.

The performance based RSUs vested if the Company exceeded specified revenue and cash gross margin targets during the quarters ending on or before March 31, 2010. The RSUs are separated into four tranches of 100,000 Performance RSUs each. The maximum number of performance-based RSUs that may vest is based on the achievement of specific quarterly financial targets. Any Performance RSUs that did not vest based on the achievement of the quarterly financial targets with respect to quarters on or before March 31, 2010, expired and were cancelled immediately following the determination of the Company’s financial performance for the quarter ending March 31, 2010. As of March 31, 2010, 100,000 of the performance RSUs had vested. The remaining 300,000 performance RSU’s expired and have been cancelled.

In May 2009, the Company granted 282,168 performance-based RSUs to various employees. The performance-based RSUs will only vest if a specific revenue target is achieved in any one quarter during the ten full quarters following the date of the grant and provided the employee remains with the Company through the vesting date. As of September 30, 2010, the performance requirement was not probable of being achieved and accordingly no compensation expense has been recognized.

On June 1, 2009, the Company granted 230,000 performance-based RSUs to certain executive officers. Each of the RSU awards, if eligible, shall vest in three (3) equal annual installments beginning on the third business day following the Company’s public announcement of its earnings for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2010, and the second and third installments vesting on June 1, 2011 and June 1, 2012, provided the executive officer remains with the Company through each such vesting date. All or a portion of the RSUs may become eligible for vesting based upon the achievement of certain financial performance targets for the twelve-month period ending June 30, 2010. RSUs that do not become eligible are forfeited. As of June 30, 2010, 90% of the RSUs became eligible for vesting based on the achievement of the financial performance targets.

On June 1, 2009, the Company granted 320,000 stock options to certain executive officers. Each of the stock option awards vest one quarter (1/4th) on June 1, 2010, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) each month thereafter on the first day of each month, provided the executive officer remains with the Company through each such vesting date.

 

19


Table of Contents

 

On February 26, 2010, the Company granted 1,850,000 stock options to certain executive officers. Each of the stock option awards vest one forty-eighth (1/48th) on February 1, 2010, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) each month thereafter on the first day of each month, provided the executive officer remains with the Company through each such vesting date.

On February 26, 2010, the Company granted 300,000 performance-based RSUs to the Company’s CEO. The RSUs granted to the CEO (and not forfeited) will vest in three tranches, the first of which will vest on the third business day following the release of the Company’s fiscal 2010 financial results, the second of which will vest on December 31, 2011 and the third of which will vest on December 31, 2012; provided that the CEO remains an employee or service provider of the Company on each vesting date. All or a portion of the RSUs may become eligible for vesting based upon the achievement of certain financial performance targets related to the earn-out feature described in the Agreement and Plan of Merger to acquire EyeWonder, Inc., a copy of which was filed with a Current Report on Form 8-K on December 21, 2009. RSUs that do not become eligible are forfeited. Each RSU represents a contingent right to receive one (1) share of the Company’s common stock. As of September 30, 2010, the performance requirement was not probable of being achieved and accordingly no compensation expense has been recognized.

On April 30, 2010, in connection with the acquisition of EyeWonder, the Company granted 750,000 RSUs to an executive officer and member of its board of directors. The RSUs vest in equal quarterly installments over a period of four years subject to the individual’s continued service with the Company.

On April 30, 2010, in connection with the acquisition of EyeWonder, the Company granted 250,000 RSUs to a member of its board of directors, of which 197,500 RSUs were later assigned to eValue AG pursuant to a Consulting Services Agreement with the Company. The RSUs vest in equal quarterly installments over a period of four years subject to continued service to the Company through each vesting date.

15. Related Party Transactions

The Company leased office space from a company owned by one of the Company’s executives. Rent expense for the lease, including reimbursement for telecommunication lines, was approximately $-0- and $3,000, respectively, for each of the three month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, rent expense for the lease including reimbursement for telecommunication lines, was approximately $4,000 and $9,000, respectively. In addition, the Company leases office space from an entity in which a member of our executive staff and a member of our board of directors have an ownership interest and are members of the board of directors. During the three and nine month periods ending September 30, 2010, the Company paid approximately $12,535 to this entity for office space rental.

The Company sells services to entities owned, in whole or in part, by members of the Company’s executive staff and board of directors. Revenue derived from related parties was less than 1% of total revenue for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010. For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009, the Company did not generate any revenue from related parties.

16. Concentrations

For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010, the Company did not have any customer for which revenue exceeded 10% of total revenue. For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009, the Company had one major customer for which revenue exceeded 10% of total revenue. Revenues for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009, for this customer totaled approximately $4.8 million and $15.1 million, respectively.

Revenue from sources outside North America totaled approximately $15.1 million and $7.3 million respectively, for the three month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Revenue from sources outside North America totaled approximately $37.6 million and $20.0 million respectively, for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

17. Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Based upon our estimated annual effective tax rate and discrete items, our estimated tax expense/(benefit) for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 was approximately $0.3 million and ($4.6) million, respectively. For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 we had a tax expense of approximately $0.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent it believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of

 

20


Table of Contents

deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. In the event the Company was to determine that it would be able to realize the deferred income tax assets in the future in excess of its net recorded amount, the Company would make an adjustment to the valuation allowance which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we performed an assessment of the recoverability of deferred tax assets. As a result of the acquisition of EyeWonder, $5.8 million of net deferred tax liabilities were recorded resulting from the temporary differences generated by the differences between the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired (mainly intangible assets such as existing technologies) and their corresponding tax bases. We determined that $5.8 million of our pre-acquisition deferred tax assets that had a full valuation allowance are now more-likely-than-not to be realized as a result of the acquisition by offsetting such deferred tax assets against the $5.8 million net deferred tax liabilities recorded as of the acquisition date. Therefore, we recorded a tax benefit of $5.8 million related to the partial release of the related valuation allowance. For the remaining balance of deferred tax assets, there was sufficient negative evidence as a result of our cumulative losses to conclude that it was more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would not be realized and we accordingly maintained the remaining valuation allowance. Related to the chors and Kiptronic acquisitions, we also have certain taxable temporary differences related to intangible assets that cannot be offset by existing deductible temporary differences resulting in a deferred tax liability of approximately $602,000.

As of September 30, 2010, the Company has approximately $0.4 million of total unrecognized tax benefits. This total of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate. Unrecognized tax benefits decreased by $248,000 during the three months ended September 30, 2010 as a result of payments made in certain foreign jurisdictions. The Company anticipates its unrecognized tax benefits will continue to decrease within twelve months of the reporting date, as a result of settling potential tax liabilities in certain foreign jurisdictions.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in its tax provision. As of September 30, 2010, the Company has recorded a liability of approximately $0.3 million for the payment of interest and penalties, which did not materially change during the third quarter of 2010.

The Company files income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statues of limitations. Tax years 2006 through 2009 generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax authorities. As of September 30, 2010, the Company is not under any Federal examination.

18. Segment Reporting

The Company operates in one industry segment — content delivery network services. The Company operates in three geographic areas — North America, EMEA and Asia Pacific.

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company has one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results and plans for products or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, the Company reports as a single operating segment.

Revenue by geography is based on the location of the customer from which the revenue is earned. The following table sets forth revenue and long-lived assets by geographic area (in thousands):

     For the
Three Months Ended
September 30,
     For the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2010      2009      2010      2009  

Domestic revenue

   $ 34,673       $ 25,221       $ 90,445       $ 78,019   

International revenue

     15,130         7,309         37,639         20,019   
                                   

Total revenue

   $ 49,803       $ 32,530       $ 128,084       $ 98,038   
                                   

The following table sets forth long-lived assets by geographic area (in thousands):

     As of
September 30,
2010
     As of
December 31,
2009
 

Domestic long-lived assets

   $ 34,031       $ 20,889   

International long-lived assets

     17,754         14,635   
                 

Total long-lived assets

   $ 51,785       $ 35,524   
                 

 

21


Table of Contents

 

19. Fair Value Measurements

The Company evaluates certain of its financial instruments within the three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include:

 

Level 1

     defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

Level 2

     defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and

Level 3

     defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

As of September 30, 2010, the Company held certain assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. These include corporate notes and bonds and US Government Agency Bonds, publicly traded stocks, and private equity securities which are classified as marketable securities and acquisition related contingent consideration which is classified as a current liability on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet.

The following is a summary of marketable securities, other investment-related assets and current liabilities held at September 30, 2010 (in thousands):

 

            Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using  

Description

   Total      Quoted
Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Government agency bonds

   $ 11,340       $ 11,340       $ —         $ —     

Corporate notes and bonds

     7,081         7,081         —           —     

Private equity security

     260         —           —           260   

Publicly traded common stock

     2,024         2,024         —           —     
                                   

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 20,705       $ 20,445       $ —         $ 260   
                                   

Liabilities:

           

Acquisition related contingent consideration

   $ 3,582       $ —         $ —         $ 3,582   
                                   

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ 3,582       $ —         $ —         $ 3,582   
                                   

For the period ended September 30, 2010, realized gains and losses for marketable securities are reported in interest income, unrealized gains and losses for marketable securities are included in other comprehensive income and expense. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, the Company had net unrealized gains of approximately $774,000.

On January 27, 2010, the Company acquired chors. The total consideration included contingent consideration of up to $3.1 million upon the achievement of certain financial milestones. On the acquisition date, a liability was recognized for an estimate of the acquisition date fair value of the contingent financial milestone consideration based on the probability of achieving the financial milestones and the probability weighted discount on cash flows. At this time the Company believes that the financial milestones will be achieved and did not discount the contingent consideration. Future changes in fair value of the contingent financial milestone consideration, as results of changes in significant inputs such as the discount rate and estimated probabilities of financial milestone achievements, could have a material effect on the statement of operations and financial position in the period of the change.

On May 18, 2010, the Company made a strategic investment in Gaikai, a private cloud-based gaming technology company that allows users to play major PC and console games through a web browser. The Company will provide services to Gaikai, which will be recorded as revenue when earned, with a corresponding increase in its cost basis of its investment.

On July 30, 2010, the Company acquired Delve. The total consideration included contingent consideration of up to $0.5 million upon the achievement of certain financial milestones. On the acquisition date, a liability of $0.5 million was recognized for an estimate of the acquisition date fair value of the contingent financial milestone consideration based on the probability of achieving the financial milestones and the probability weighted discount on cash flows. At this time the Company believes that the financial milestones will be achieved and did not discount the contingent consideration. Future changes in fair value of the contingent financial milestone consideration, as results of changes in significant inputs such as the discount rate and estimated probabilities of financial milestone achievements, could have a material effect on the statement of income and financial position in the period of the change.

 

22


Table of Contents

 

The fair value measurement for both the contingent consideration and the private equity security is based on significant inputs not observed in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. Level 3 instruments are valued based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect the Company’s own assumptions in measuring fair value.

The progressions of the Company’s Level 3 instruments for the three months ended September 30, 2010 are shown in the table below (in thousands):

 

     Acquisition
Related
Contingent
Consideration
     Private
Equity
Securities
 

Balance at June 30, 2010

   $ 3,054       $ 66  

Additions

     500         194   

Change in value

     28         —     
                 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 3,582       $ 260   
                 

 

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q and the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in our annual report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, on March 12, 2010. This quarterly report on Form 10-Q contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements include statements as to industry trends and future expectations of ours and other matters that do not relate strictly to historical facts. These statements are often identified by the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “estimate,” or “continue,” and similar expressions or variations. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management based on information currently available to management. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results and the timing of certain events to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below, and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” set forth in Part II, Item 1A of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q and in our other SEC filings. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements. Prior period information has been modified to conform to current year presentation.

Overview

We were founded in 2001 as a provider of content delivery network, or CDN, services to deliver digital content over the Internet. We began development of our infrastructure in 2001 and began generating meaningful revenue in 2002. In May 2009, January 2010, April 2010 and July 2010, respectively, we acquired Kiptronic, chors, EyeWonder and Delve. Today, Limelight Networks provides on-demand software, platform, and infrastructure services that help global businesses reach and engage audiences on any mobile or connected device, enabling them to enhance their brand presence, build stronger customer relationships, manage video assets, analyze viewer preferences, optimize their advertising, and monetize their digital assets. We provide services to customers in the North America, EMEA, and the Asia Pacific region. As of September 30, 2010, we had approximately 1,780 active customers worldwide. We derive revenue from the sale of services to our customers. These services include the delivery of digital media, including video, music, games, software and social media, the acceleration of web sites and web-based applications, and value-added services such as mobility, interactive advertising, computing, storage, data center, transit, and consulting. We operate in one business segment. Our CDN customers normally execute contracts with terms of one year or longer, which we refer to as recurring revenue contracts or long-term contracts. These contracts generally commit the customer to a minimum monthly level of usage with additional charges applicable for actual usage above the monthly minimum commitment. We have entered into an increasing number of customer contracts that have minimum usage commitments that are based on twelve-month or longer periods and in some cases, other arrangements. We believe that having a consistent and predictable base level of revenue is important to our financial success. Accordingly, to be successful, we must maintain our base of recurring revenue contracts by eliminating or reducing any customer cancellations or terminations and build on that base by adding new customers and increasing the number of services, features and functionalities our existing customers purchase. We also derive revenue from campaigns, services and events sold as discrete, non-recurring events or based solely on usage. For these services, we recognize revenue after an enforceable contract has been signed by both parties, the fee is fixed or determinable, the event or usage has occurred and collection is reasonably assured.

On July 30, 2010 the Company acquired Delve Networks, Inc. (Delve), a privately-held provider of cloud-based video publishing and analytics services located in Seattle, Washington. The aggregate purchase price, including the earn-out provision, consisted of approximately $2.8 million of cash and 335,195 shares of the Company’s common stock with an estimated fair value of

 

23


Table of Contents

approximately $1.4 million. The fair value of the common shares issued as consideration for Delve was determined on the basis of the closing market price of the Company’s common shares on the acquisition date. Our consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of Delve from the date of acquisition. The historical results of operations of Delve were not significant to our consolidated results of operations for the periods presented.

On April 30, 2010, we completed the acquisition of EyeWonder. The aggregate purchase price, excluding the earn-out provision consisted of approximately $62.8 million of cash and 12,740,000 shares of our common stock with an estimated fair value of approximately $51.2 million. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, the former holders of EyeWonder securities that were outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the merger received, in the aggregate, approximately $49.6 million in cash and 9,726,301 shares of our common stock with a determined value of approximately $39.1 million based on the closing price of our common stock on April 30, 2010. In addition, the former EyeWonder securityholders may receive up to 4,774,000 shares of our common stock and approximately $0.3 million in cash in April 2011 if certain performance metrics are satisfied. At this time, we do not believe that the performance metrics will be achieved and accordingly have not recorded any contingent consideration. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, 3,013,699 shares of our common stock have been set aside in an escrow account and will be held until June 28, 2011, subject to any unresolved indemnification claims. EyeWonder is a provider of interactive digital advertising products and services to advertisers, advertising agencies and publishers. EyeWonder creates and executes online video and rich media advertising campaigns — “interactive digital advertising” — on behalf of advertisers. EyeWonder was a pioneer in the delivery of video ads online and continues to be a leader in industry innovation, delivering engaging brand experiences across hundreds of online publishers and digital media channels, including online, mobile and in-game, and across a variety of formats. Through its innovative technology, products and services, EyeWonder provides advertisers, advertising agencies and content publishers the ability to create, build, deliver, track and optimize interactive advertising campaigns. EyeWonder’s in-page, in-stream and mobile advertising products combine the quality and power of Adobe Flash ® video and the latest creative features, as well as online tracking and reporting capabilities to enhance the impact and effectiveness of rich media advertising campaigns. EyeWonder has executed campaigns for hundreds of advertisers across a wide variety of sectors.

EyeWonder was founded in 1999 and is headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia, with offices in New York, Chicago, San Francisco, Dallas, Los Angeles, the United Kingdom, Ireland, the Netherlands, Germany, Spain and Australia. At the time of the acquisition, EyeWonder and its subsidiaries employed a staff of approximately 240.

In January 2010, we acquired chors GmbH, or chors, an on-line and direct marketing solution provider located in Germany. The aggregate purchase price, including the earn-out provision consisted of approximately $2.8 million of cash and up to 860,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with tentative aggregate consideration determined to be approximately $5.8 million.

During 2007, we entered into a multi-element arrangement which generates revenue by providing consulting services related to the development of a custom CDN solution, through the cross-license of certain technologies, including certain components of our CDN software and technology, and post-contract customer support (PCS) for both the custom CDN-solution and the software component. We also derive some business from the sale of custom CDN services. These are generally limited to modifying our network to accommodate non-standard content player software or to establish dedicated customer network components that reside both within our network or that operate within our customers’ network.

Traffic on our network has continued to grow both for the quarter and year to date periods when compared to prior year. This traffic growth is primarily the result of growth in the traffic delivered on behalf of both new and existing customers. Our CDN revenue is generated by charging for traffic delivered. During the quarter ended September 30, 2010, we continued to add new customers, both through new business and through our business acquisitions. We have seen an increase in the length of our sales cycle, but we continue to see that new and existing customers want the benefits of the specialized services that we bring to the market. We are also experiencing continuing pricing pressure, particularly with our larger customers.

Historically, we have derived a portion of our revenue from outside of North America. Our international revenue has grown recently, and we expect this trend to continue as we focus on our strategy of expanding our network and customer base internationally. For the year ended December 31, 2009 revenue derived from customers outside North America accounted for approximately 22% of our total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2009 we derived approximately 69% of our international revenue from operations in EMEA and approximately 31% of our international revenue from Asia Pacific, respectively. For the three month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, revenue derived from customers outside North America accounted for approximately 30% and 22% respectively, of our total revenue. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 revenue derived from customers outside North America accounted for approximately 29% and 20% respectively, of our total revenue. For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010, we derived approximately 67% and 64%, respectively, of our international revenue from EMEA and approximately 33% and 36%, respectively, of our international revenue from Asia Pacific. We expect foreign revenue as a percentage of our total revenues to increase in 2010. Our international business is managed as a single geographic segment, and we report our financial results on this basis.

 

24


Table of Contents

 

During any given fiscal period, a relatively small number of customers typically account for a significant percentage of our revenue. For example, in 2009, sales to our top 10 customers, in terms of revenue, accounted for approximately 36% of our total revenue. During 2009, one of these top 10 customers, Microsoft, represented approximately 14% of our total revenue for that period. For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010, sales to our top 10 customers, in terms of revenue, accounted for approximately 32% and 30%, respectively of our total revenue. During the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 we had no customer that accounted for more than 10% of our revenue during those periods. We anticipate customer concentration levels will decrease compared to prior years. In addition to selling to our direct customers, we maintain relationships with a number of resellers that purchase our services and charge a mark-up to their end customers. Revenue generated from sales to reseller customers accounted for approximately 2% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009. For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010, revenue generated from sales to reseller customers was approximately 5%, respectively, of our total revenue.

In addition to these revenue-related business trends, our cost of revenue increased in absolute dollars and decreased as a percentage of revenue for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 compared to the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009. This increase in absolute dollars is primarily the result of increased cost of bandwidth associated with increased traffic on our network, increased co-location fees associated with increased investments to build out the capacity of our network and increased operations personnel resulting from our business acquisitions and additional personnel required to operate our expanding network.

Operating expenses increased in absolute dollars and slightly increased as a percentage of revenue for the three month period ended September 30, 2010 compared to the three month period ended September 30, 2009. This increase was primarily due to increased general and administrative costs (primarily payroll and related employee costs, due to increased staffing primarily due to increased personnel from our business acquisitions and facility and facility related expenses), increased sales and marketing expenses (primarily payroll and related employee costs due to increased staffing primarily due to increased personnel from our business acquisitions) and increased research and development costs (also, primarily payroll and related employee costs due to increased staffing, again primarily due to increased personnel from our business acquisitions) and increased non-network related depreciation and amortization associated with the amortization of acquired intangible assets. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, operating expenses increased compared to the nine month period ended September 30, 2009. This increase was primarily due to increased general and administrative costs (primarily payroll and related employee costs, due to increased staffing and facility, additional fees licenses and non-income taxes, and facility related expenses, off-set by lower litigation expenses), increased sales and marketing expenses (primarily payroll and related employee costs due to increased staffing) and increased research and development costs (also, primarily payroll and related employee costs due to increased staffing), and increased non-network related depreciation and amortization associated with the amortization of acquired intangible assets.

We make our capital investment decisions based upon careful evaluation of a number of variables, such as the amount of traffic we anticipate on our network, the cost of the physical infrastructure required to deliver that traffic, and the forecasted capacity utilization of our network. Our capital expenditures have varied over time, in particular as we purchased servers and other network equipment associated with our network build-out. For example, in 2007, 2008 and 2009, we made capital purchases of $26.5 million, $20.1 million and $21.7 million, respectively. For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010, we made capital investments of $11.7 million and $25.4 million, respectively. We continue to see improvements in the efficiency of our network allowing us to meet traffic growth with less investment, however, we expect to have ongoing capital expenditure requirements, as we continue to invest in and expand our CDN. For 2010, we currently anticipate making aggregate capital expenditures of approximately 16% to 18% of total revenue for the year.

Occasionally we generate revenue from customers that are entities related to certain of our executives. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we did not generate any revenue from related parties. Revenue derived from related parties was less than 1% of total revenue for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010.

We are currently engaged in litigation with one of our principal competitors, Akamai Technologies, Inc., or Akamai, and its licensor, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or MIT, in which these parties have alleged that we are infringing three of their patents. In February 2008, a jury returned a verdict in this lawsuit, finding that we infringed four claims of the patent at issue (United States Patent No. 6,108,703 (the ‘703 patent) and rejecting our invalidity defenses. The court conducted a bench trial in November 2008, regarding our equitable defenses; and we filed a motion for reconsideration of the court’s earlier denial of our motion for Judgment as a Matter of Law (JMOL). Our motion for reconsideration of JMOL was based largely upon a clarification in the standard for a finding of joint infringement articulated by the Federal Circuit in the case of Muniauction, Inc. v. Thomson Corp. (the Muniauction Case), released after the court denied our initial motion for JMOL. On April 24, 2009 the court issued its order and memorandum setting aside the adverse jury verdict and ruling that we did not infringe Akamai’s ‘703 patent and that we are entitled to judgment as a matter of law. Based upon the court’s April 24, 2009 order we reversed the $65.6 million provision for litigation previously recorded for this lawsuit as we no longer believe that payment of any amounts represented by the litigation provision is probable. The court entered final judgment in favor of us on May 22, 2009, and Akamai filed a notice of appeal on May 26, 2009 and filed its appeal brief on September 15, 2009 with the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. We filed our reply brief

 

25


Table of Contents

on December 9, 2009 and each party has filed further appeal briefs. The court heard arguments by both parties on June 7, 2010. We cannot assure you that this lawsuit ultimately will be resolved in our favor. We intend to vigorously defend the action should the court rule in Akamai’s favor. Our legal and other expenses associated with this case have been significant. We include these litigation expenses in general and administrative expenses, as reported in our condensed consolidated statement of operations. We expect that these expenses will continue to be significant.

In December 2007, Level 3 Communications, LLC, or Level 3, filed a lawsuit against us in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia alleging that we were infringing certain patents Level 3 acquired from Savvis Communications Corp. In addition to monetary relief, including treble damages, interest, fees and costs, the complaint sought an order permanently enjoining us from conducting our business in a manner that infringed the relevant patents. A jury trial was conducted in January 2009, and on January 23, 2009 the jury returned a verdict favorable to us finding that we did not infringe the Level 3 patents. We believe the jury verdict finding that we did not infringe the Level 3 patents is correct, and that the claims of infringement asserted against us by Level 3 in the litigation were without merit. The court denied Level 3’s subsequent motion for JMOL or alternatively for a new trial, and entered a judgment in our favor. Level 3 filed a notice of appeal on July 21, 2009 and filed its appeal brief on October 5, 2009. We filed our reply brief on January 19, 2010. On May 3, 2010 the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit heard oral argument on this matter, and on May 5, 2010 the court affirmed the District Court judgment in our favor. Level 3 subsequently filed a motion for re-hearing and hearing en banc that the Court subsequently denied. Our legal and other expenses associated with this case have been significant. We include these litigation expenses in general and administrative expenses, as reported in our condensed consolidated statement of operations.

In August 2007, we, certain of our officers and current and former directors, and the firms that served as the lead underwriters in our initial public offering were named as defendants in several purported class action lawsuits filed in the United States District Courts for the District of Arizona and the Southern District of New York. All of the New York cases were transferred to Arizona and consolidated into a single action. The plaintiffs’ consolidated complaint asserted causes of action under Sections 11, 12, and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on behalf of a purported class of individuals who purchased our common stock in our initial public offering and/or pursuant to our Prospectus. The complaint alleged, among other things, that we omitted and/or misstated certain facts concerning the seasonality of our business and the loss of revenue related to certain customers. On March 17, 2008, we and the individual defendants moved to dismiss all of the plaintiffs’ claims, a hearing was held on this motion on June 16, 2008. On August 8, 2008, the court granted the motion to dismiss, dismissing plaintiffs’ claims under Section 12 with prejudice and granting leave to amend the claims under Sections 11 and 15. Plaintiffs chose not to amend the claims under Sections 11 and 15, and on August 29, 2008, the court entered judgment in favor of us. On September 5, 2008 plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal, and appellate briefs were filed by the parties in January and February, 2009. We believe that we and the individual defendants have meritorious defenses to the plaintiffs’ claims and intend to contest the lawsuit vigorously. In November 2009 the parties entered into a Memorandum of Understanding to settle this lawsuit for an amount well within the coverage limits of the primary carrier of our directors and officers liability insurance. We are working to finalize the settlement, which will require court approval. At this time we do not believe that a loss is probable. Therefore, there is no provision for this lawsuit in our financial statements.

We were unprofitable for the nine months ended September 30, 2010; significant items impacting our unprofitability were depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense. For the nine months ended September 30, 2009 we were profitable; the largest impact to our profitability was the reversal of our provision for litigation judgment accrual of $65.6 million regarding the patent infringement lawsuit filed by Akamai Technologies, Inc.

Our future results will be affected by many factors identified in the section captioned “Risk Factors,” in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q, including our ability to:

 

   

increase our revenue by adding customers and limiting customer cancellations and terminations, as well as increasing the amount of monthly recurring revenue that we derive from our existing customers;

 

   

manage the prices we charge for our services, as well as the costs associated with operating our network in light of increased competition;

 

   

successfully manage our litigation with Akamai to a favorable conclusion;

 

   

prevent disruptions to our services and network due to accidents or intentional attacks; and

 

   

continued ability to deliver a significant portion of our traffic through settlement free peering relationships which significantly reduce our cost of delivery.

As a result, we cannot assure you that we will achieve our expected financial objectives, including positive net income.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q, which have been prepared by us in

 

26


Table of Contents

accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles for interim periods. These principles require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, cash flow and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Our estimates include, but are not limited to those related to revenue recognition, accounts receivable reserves, income and other taxes, stock-based compensation, equipment, goodwill, intangible assets and contingent obligations. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and our actual results, our future financial statements will be affected.

With the exception of the items noted below, as of September 30, 2010, there have been no material changes to any of the critical accounting policies as described in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, filed with the SEC on March 12, 2010. During the quarterly periods between the February 2008 adverse jury verdict in the patent infringement lawsuit filed by Akamai Technologies, Inc. and the Court’s April 24, 2009 order, we had accrued for potential damages and interest. Based upon the Court’s April 24, 2009 order we have reversed the $65.6 million provision for litigation previously recorded for this lawsuit as we no longer believe that payment of any amounts represented by the litigation provision is probable.

In connection with certain of our acquisitions, additional contingent considerations may be earned in the future by the selling entity upon completion of certain financial milestones. Current accounting standards regarding business combinations, for all acquisitions consummated on or after January 1, 2009, require that a liability is recognized on the acquisition date for an estimate of the acquisition date fair value of the contingent consideration based on the probability of achieving the milestones and the probability weighted discount on cash flows. Any change in the fair value of contingent milestone consideration subsequent to the acquisition date is recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) – Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements. ASU 2009-13 addresses the accounting for multiple-deliverable arrangements to enable vendors to account for products or services (deliverables) separately rather than as a combined unit. Specifically, this guidance amends the criteria in Subtopic 605-25, Revenue Recognition-Multiple-Element Arrangements (Subtopic 605-25), for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements. This guidance establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is based on: (a) vendor-specific objective evidence; (b) third-party evidence; or (c) management’s best estimate. This guidance also eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. In the third quarter of 2010, we early adopted ASU 2009-13 with such adoption being effective for revenue arrangement entered into or materially modified after January 1, 2010. The Company did not enter into or modify any multi-element arrangements falling under the scope of ASU 2009-13 during the six months ended June 30, 2010. We recognized $1.1 million of revenue related to a multi-element arrangement accounted for in accordance with ASU 2009-13 during the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010. In October 2009, the FASB also issued ASU 2009-14, Software (Topic 985) – Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements. ASU 2009-14 changes revenue recognition for tangible products containing software and hardware elements. Specifically, tangible products containing software and hardware that function together to deliver the tangible products’ essential functionality are scoped out of the existing software revenue recognition guidance and will be accounted for under the multiple-element arrangements revenue recognition guidance under ASU 2009-13. In the third quarter of 2010 in conjunction with the adoption of ASU 2009-13, we early adopted ASU 2009-14 with such adoption being effective for revenue arrangement entered into or materially modified after January 1, 2010. We did not enter into or modify any arrangements falling under the scope of ASU 2009-14 during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, and accordingly the impact of adoption was not material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Results of Operations

Revenue

 

     Three months ended September 30,     Nine months ended September 30,  
     2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
     Percent
Change
    2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
     Percent
Change
 
            (in thousands)                          (in thousands)                

Revenue

   $ 49,803       $ 32,530       $ 17,273         53   $ 128,084       $ 98,038       $ 30,046         31

Revenue increased 53%, or $17.3 million, to $49.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 as compared to $32.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, total revenues increased 31%, or $30.0 million, to $128.1 million as compared to $98.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in revenue for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 as compared to the same periods in the prior year was primarily attributable to an increase in our value added services revenue (which includes revenue from the date of acquisition of chors, EyeWonder and Delve) of approximately $13.2 million and $23.8 million, respectively. We provide value added services in the following areas: whole and website business portal acceleration, web and enterprise acceleration, mobile content delivery, online and mobile ad serving, rich media ad unit design and creation, cloud storage, transcoding and computing functions and strategic

 

27


Table of Contents

consulting. We continued to increase the amount of traffic moving through our network; however we continue to see a decline in our average unit sales price. Our core delivery revenue increased approximately $4.0 million and $6.2 million, respectively, for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in the prior year. As of September 30, 2010, we had approximately 1,780 customers under revenue contracts as compared to approximately 1,370 as of September 30, 2009.

For the three months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, approximately 30% and 22%, respectively, of our total revenues were derived from our operations located outside of North America. For the three months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, we derived approximately 67%, respectively, of our international revenue from EMEA and approximately 33%, respectively, of our international revenue from Asia Pacific. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, approximately 29% and 20%, respectively, of our total revenues were derived from our operations located outside of North America. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, we derived approximately 64% and 71%, respectively, of our international revenue from EMEA and approximately 36% and 29%, respectively, of our international revenue from Asia Pacific. No single country outside of the United States accounted for 10% or more of revenues during these periods.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Three months ended September 30,     Nine months ended September 30,  
     2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
     Percent
Change
    2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
     Percent
Change
 
            (in thousands)                          (in thousands)                

Cost of revenue

   $ 27,946       $ 20,907       $ 7,039         34   $ 72,753       $ 63,456       $ 9,297         13

Cost of revenue includes fees paid to network providers for bandwidth and backbone, costs incurred for non settlement free peering and connection to Internet service provider networks or ISPs, and fees paid to data center operators for co-location of our network equipment. Cost of revenue also includes depreciation of network equipment used to deliver our CDN services, payroll and related costs and equity-related compensation for our network operations, operations and value added services personnel.

Cost of revenue increased 34%, or $7.0 million, to $27.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 as compared to $20.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. These increases were primarily due to an increase in aggregate bandwidth and co-location fees of $2.1 million due to higher traffic levels and increased amounts of deployed network assets, an increase in payroll and related employee costs of $3.2 million associated with increased staff to build and operate our CDN, as well as increased operations personnel from our business acquisitions whose primary focus is on our delivery of value added services, an increase in travel and travel related expenses of $0.1 million, and an increase in other costs of $1.7 million. The increase in other costs was primarily related to costs associated with value added services and the sale of equipment to one of our customers. These increases were off-set by a reduction in depreciation expense of network equipment of $0.1 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, cost of revenues increased 13%, or $9.3 million, to $72.8 million as compared to $63.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. These increases were primarily due to an increase in aggregate bandwidth and co-location fees of $3.6 million due to higher traffic levels and increased amounts of deployed network assets, an increase in payroll and related employee costs of $6.4 million associated with increased staff to build and operate our CDN, as well as increased operations personnel resulting from our business acquisitions whose primary focus is on our delivery of value added services, an increase in travel and travel related expenses of $0.3 million, and an increase in other costs of $1.9 million. The increase in other costs was primarily related to costs associated with value added services and the sale of equipment to one of our customers. These increases were off-set by a reduction in depreciation expense of network equipment of $2.7 million.

Additionally, cost of revenue share-based compensation expense remained constant at $0.6 million for the three month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, cost of revenue share-based compensation expense remained constant at $1.8 million compared to the nine month period ended September 30, 2009.

Cost of revenue was composed of the following (in millions):

 

     For the
Three Months Ended
September 30,
     For the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2010      2009      2010      2009  

Bandwidth and co-location fees

   $ 13.1       $ 11.0       $ 37.1       $ 33.5   

Depreciation — network

     5.9         6.0         16.0         18.7   

Payroll and related employee costs

     5.5         2.2         12.7         6.3   

Share-based compensation

     0.6         0.6         1.8         1.8   

Travel and travel-related expenses

     0.2         0.1         0.5         0.2   

Professional fees and outside services

     0.1         0.2         0.5         0.4   

Royalty expenses

     0.1         0.2         0.2         0.5   

Other costs

     2.4         0.6         4.0         2.1   
                                   

 

28


Table of Contents
     For the
Three Months Ended
September 30,
     For the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2010      2009      2010      2009  

Total cost of revenues

   $ 27.9       $ 20.9       $ 72.8       $ 63.5   
                                   

We have long-term purchase commitments for bandwidth usage and co-location with various Tier 1 network providers and data center operators. The minimum commitments related to bandwidth usage and co-location services under agreements currently in effect are approximately: $6.1 million for the remainder of 2010, $15.6 million for 2011, $7.4 million for 2012, $3.5 million for 2013 and $4.1 million for 2014 and beyond.

We anticipate cost of revenues will increase during the remainder of 2010. We expect to deliver more traffic on our network, which would result in higher expenses associated with the increased rack and co-location costs to support increased traffic; however, such costs are likely to be partially offset by lower bandwidth costs per unit. We anticipate depreciation expense related to our network equipment to decrease compared to 2009 in absolute dollars. Additionally, we expect an increase in payroll and related costs, as we continue to make investments in our network to service our expanding customer base as well as our increase in value added services personnel. The fourth quarter will include a full quarter of activity for Delve, compared to two months of activity during the quarter ended September 30, 2010. We expect that share-based compensation expense will remain consistent with 2009.

General and Administrative

 

     Three months ended September 30,     Nine months ended September 30,  
     2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
     Percent
Change
    2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
     Percent
Change
 
            (in thousands)                          (in thousands)                

General and administrative

   $ 8,359       $ 6,405       $ 1,954         31   $ 26,095       $ 24,714       $ 1,381         6

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of the following components:

 

   

payroll, share-based compensation and other related costs, including related expenses for executive, finance, legal, business applications, internal network management, human resources and other administrative personnel;

 

   

fees for professional services and litigation expenses;

 

   

rent and other facility-related expenditures for leased properties;

 

   

the provision for doubtful accounts; and

 

   

non-income related taxes.

General and administrative expenses increased 31%, or $2.0 million, to $8.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 as compared to $6.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in general and administrative expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2009 was primarily due to an increase in payroll and related employee costs of $1.4 million, primarily due to increased personnel resulting from our business acquisitions, an increase in professional fees of $0.6 million, which was primarily due to increased consulting, acquisition related professional fees, accounting fees and other outside services, an increase in travel and travel related expenses of $0.2 million, and an increase in other costs of $0.9 million, primarily due to increased facilities and facilities related costs associated with our business acquisitions of $0.5 million, increased fees, licenses and non-income taxes of $0.1 million, increased telephone costs of $0.2 million and a increase in general office expenses (office and computer supplies, postage and shipping) of approximately $0.1 million. These increases were off-set by decreases in bad debt of $0.8 million, due to improved management of our accounts receivable and a decrease in litigation expenses of $0.3 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, general and administrative expenses increased 6%, or $1.4 million, to $26.1 million as compared to $24.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was primarily due to an increase of $2.7 million in payroll and related employee cost, again primarily due to increased personnel resulting from our business acquisitions, an increase in professional fees of $0.6 million, primarily acquisition related expenses, off-set by lower accounting and general legal fees, and an increase in other costs of $2.2 million, again primarily due to increased facilities and facilities related costs of $0.9 million, increased fees, licenses and non-income taxes of $0.9 million, increased telephone costs of $0.3 million and an increase in general office expenses (office and computer supplies, postage and shipping) of approximately $0.1 million. Other expenses include such items as rent, utilities, telephone, insurance, fees and licenses and property taxes. These increases were off-set by a decrease of $2.5 million in litigation expenses related to our litigation with Akamai and MIT, and Level 3, and a decrease of $1.3 million in bad debt expense.

 

29


Table of Contents

 

Additionally, general and administrative share-based compensation expense remained constant at $1.8 million for the three month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, share-based compensation decreased $0.6 million to $5.2 million, compared to $5.8 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2009.

General and administrative expense was composed of the following (in millions):

 

     For the
Three Months Ended
September 30,
     For the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2010     2009      2010      2009  

Payroll and related employee costs

   $ 2.9      $ 1.5       $ 7.0       $ 4.3   

Professional fees, legal and outside services

     1.9        1.3         4.8         4.2   

Share-based compensation

     1.8        1.8         5.2         5.8   

Travel and travel related

     0.3        0.1         0.6         0.3   

Litigation expenses

     —          0.3         2.1         4.6   

Bad debt expense

     (0.6     0.2         1.3         2.6   

Other expenses

     2.1        1.2         5.1         2.9   
                                  

Total general and administrative

   $ 8.4      $ 6.4       $ 26.1       $ 24.7   
                                  

We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in 2010 in absolute dollars and to decrease as a percentage of revenue. The increase is primarily due to increased payroll and payroll related employee costs due to increased staffing, off-set by lower costs associated with ongoing litigation, as well as decreases in accounting and legal and other costs associated with public reporting requirements and compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In addition, the fourth quarter will include a full quarter of activity for Delve, compared to two months of activity during the quarter ended September 30, 2010. We expect that share-based compensation expense will decrease in 2010.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Three months ended September 30,     Nine months ended September 30,  
     2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
     Percent
Change
    2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
     Percent
Change
 
            (in thousands)                          (in thousands)                

Sales and marketing

   $ 12,724       $ 8,060       $ 4,664         58   $ 33,429       $ 23,915       $ 9,514         40

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of payroll and related costs, share-based compensation and commissions for personnel engaged in marketing, sales and service support functions, professional fees (consultants and recruiting fees), travel and travel-related expenses as well as advertising and promotional expenses.

Sales and marketing expenses increased 58%, or $4.6 million, to $12.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to $8.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in sales and marketing expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2009 was primarily due to an increase in payroll and related employee costs of $3.3 million, primarily due to increased staffing, which resulted in higher salaries, commissions and bonuses, plus the addition of sales and marketing personnel from our business acquisitions, an increase in marketing expenses of $0.6 million, an increase in travel and travel-related expenses of $0.4 million and an increase in other expenses of $0.3 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, sales and marketing expenses increased 40%, or $9.5 million, to $33.4 million, as compared to $23.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in sales and marketing expenses for the nine month period ended September 30, 2010 compared to the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 was due to an increase in payroll and related employee costs of $6.7 million, primarily due to increased staffing, which resulted in higher salaries, commissions and bonuses, plus the addition of sales and marketing personnel from our business acquisitions, an increase in travel and travel-related expenses of $0.9 million, an increase in marketing expenses of $0.9 million, an increase in professional fees for outside services of approximately $0.5 million, and an increase in other expenses of $0.4 million. Other expenses include such items as rent and property taxes for our Europe and Asia Pacific sales offices, fees, licenses and non-income taxes, telephone and office supplies.

Additionally, sales and marketing share-based compensation expense remained constant at $1.3 million for the three month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, share-based compensation increased $0.1 million to $3.8 million, compared to $3.7 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2009.

 

30


Table of Contents

 

Sales and marketing expense was composed of the following (in millions):

 

     For the
Three Months Ended
September 30,
     For the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2010      2009      2010      2009  

Payroll and related employee costs

   $ 8.3       $ 5.0       $ 21.5       $ 14.8   

Share-based compensation

     1.3         1.3         3.8         3.7   

Travel and travel-related expenses

     1.0         0.6         2.6         1.7   

Professional fees and outside services

     0.4         0.4         1.5         1.0   

Marketing programs

     0.8         0.2         1.5         0.6   

Other expenses

     0.9         0.6         2.5         2.1   
                                   

Total sales and marketing

   $ 12.7       $ 8.1       $ 33.4       $ 23.9   
                                   

We anticipate our sales and marketing expense will increase in 2010 in absolute dollars and slightly increase as a percentage of revenue. The increase is due to expected increases in commissions on higher forecasted sales, an increase in payroll and related costs of sales and marketing personnel and additional expected increases in travel and travel-related expenses. In addition, the fourth quarter will include a full quarter of activity for Delve, compared to two months of activity during the quarter ended September 30, 2010. We expect that share-based compensation expense will slightly increase compared to 2009.

Research and Development

 

     Three months ended September 30,     Nine months ended September 30,  
     2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
     Percent
Change
    2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
     Percent
Change
 
            (in thousands)                          (in thousands)                

Research and development

   $ 4,491       $ 2,024       $ 2,467         122   $ 10,614       $ 5,878       $ 4,736         81

Research and development expenses consist primarily of payroll and related costs and share-based compensation expense for research and development personnel who design, develop, test and enhance our services, network and software.

Research and development expenses increased 122%, or $2.5 million, to $4.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to $2.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, research and development expenses increased 81%, or $4.7 million, to $10.6 million, as compared to $5.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in research and development expenses in the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 as compared to the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 was primarily due to an increase of $1.6 million and $3.2 million respectively, in payroll and related employee costs associated with our hiring of additional network and software engineering personnel and the addition of research and development personnel resulting from our business acquisitions, an increase in professional fees and outside services of $0.4 million and $0.8 million, respectively, primarily for consulting and contract labor, an increase in share-based compensation of $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively, and an increase in other expenses of $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Other expenses include such items as travel and travel related expenses, telephone, training and seminars and office supplies.

Research and development expense was composed of the following (in millions):

 

     For the
Three Months Ended
September 30,
     For the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2010      2009      2010      2009  

Payroll and related employee costs

   $ 2.8       $ 1.2       $ 6.5       $ 3.3   

Share-based compensation

     0.8         0.6         2.3         1.9   

Professional fees and outside services

     0.5         0.1         1.3         0.5   

Other expenses

     0.4         0.1         0.5         0.2   
                                   

Total research and development

   $ 4.5       $ 2.0       $ 10.6       $ 5.9   
                                   

We anticipate our research and development expenses will increase in 2010 in absolute dollars and increase as a percentage of revenue due to increased payroll and related costs associated with continued hiring of research and development personnel and contractors, and investments in our core technology and refinements to our other service offerings. In addition, the fourth quarter will

 

31


Table of Contents

include a full quarter of activity for Delve, compared to two months of activity during the quarter ended September 30, 2010. We expect that share-based compensation expense will increase compared to 2009.

Depreciation and Amortization (Operating Expenses)

 

     Three months ended September 30,     Nine months ended September 30,  
     2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
     Percent
Change
    2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
     Percent
Change
 
            (in thousands)                          (in thousands)                

Depreciation & amortization

   $ 2,034       $ 627       $ 1,407         224   $ 4,404       $ 1,699       $ 2,705         159

Depreciation expense consists of depreciation on equipment and furnishing used by general administrative, sales and marketing and research and development personnel. Amortization expense consists of amortization of intangible assets acquired in business combinations.

Depreciation and amortization expenses increased 224%, or $1.4 million, to $2.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to $0.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, depreciation and amortization expenses increased 159%, or $2.7 million, to $4.4 million, as compared to $1.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense in the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 as compared to the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 was primarily due to an increase of approximately $1.3 million and $2.4 million respectively, in amortization of intangibles acquired in business combinations. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, amortization of intangibles was approximately $1.4 million and $2.4 million respectively. Based on our intangible assets at September 30, 2010, we expect amortization of other intangible assets to be approximately $1.4 million for the remainder of 2010, and $5.5 million, $5.2 million, $4.6 million and $1.3 million for fiscal years 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Provision for Litigation

 

     Three months ended September 30,      Nine months ended September 30,  
     2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
     Percent
Change
     2010      2009     Increase
(Decrease)
     Percent
Change
 
            (in thousands)                           (in thousands)               

Provision for litigation

   $ —         $ —         $ —           NA       $ —         $ (65,645   $ 65,645         100

The provision for litigation related to our accrual for potential damages and interest associated with revenue generated from allegedly infringing methods associated with the Akamai litigation. At December 31, 2008, the total accrual was $65.6 million. Based upon an April 24, 2009 court order setting aside the adverse jury verdict and ruling that we did not infringe Akamai’s ‘703 patent and that we are entitled to judgment as a matter of law, we reversed this provision for litigation of $65.6 million during the first quarter of 2009 as we no longer believe that payment of any amounts represented by the litigation provision is probable.

Interest Expense

 

     Three months ended September 30,     Nine months ended September 30,  
     2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
Change
    2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
Change
 
            (in thousands)                         (in thousands)               

Interest expense

   $ 6       $ 11       $ (5 )     (45 )%   $ 13       $ 33       $ (20     (61 )% 

Interest expense consists of interest paid and the amortization of deferred financing costs.

Interest expense decreased 45%, or $5,000, to $6,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to $11,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2009. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, interest expense decreased 61%, or $20,000, to $13,000, as compared to $33,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Interest expense for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 included interest paid in association with a filing of non-income tax related payments and interest paid on capital leases. The $11,000 and $33,000 for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 represents the amortization of loan fees associated with a then unused line of credit. The line of credit expired on October 31, 2009 and we did not renew it. As of September 30, 2010, with the exception of our capital leases, we had no outstanding credit facilities.

 

32


Table of Contents

 

Interest Income

 

     Three months ended September 30,     Nine months ended September 30,  
     2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
Change
    2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
Change
 
            (in thousands)                         (in thousands)               

Interest income

   $ 210       $ 330       $ (120     (36 )%    $ 767       $ 1,050       $ (283     (27 )% 

Interest income includes interest earned on invested cash balances and marketable securities.

Interest income decreased 36%, to $0.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to $0.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, interest income decreased 27%, to $0.8 million, as compared to $1.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The decrease in interest income for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 was primarily due to decreased cash balances. We anticipate interest income to decrease as a result of expected lower average cash balances.

Other Income

 

     Three months ended September 30,     Nine months ended September 30,  
     2010     2009      Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
Change
    2010     2009      Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
Change
 
           (in thousands)                        (in thousands)               

Other income (expense)

   $ (120   $ 15       $ (135     (870 )%    $ (117   $ 131       $ (248     (189 )% 

Other income (expense) decreased 870% or $135,000 to $(120,000) for the three month period ended September 30, 2010, as compared to $15,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2009. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, other income (expense) decreased 189%, or $248,000, to $(117,000), as compared to $131,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Other income (expense) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 consists primarily of foreign exchange gains (losses) resulting from the re-measurement of certain accounts payable and value added tax receivable/payable denominated in a foreign currency of approximately $(243,000) and $(7,000), respectively. These foreign exchange gains (losses) were offset by the effect of exchange rates on monetary balance sheet and income statement items of approximately $118,000 and ($71,000), respectively. Additionally, miscellaneous other income/expense for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 were $4,000 and ($39,000), respectively. Other income/expense for the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 includes a non-income tax related expense of approximately $64,000.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

     Three months ended September 30,     Nine months ended September 30,  
     2010      2009      Increase
(Decrease)
     Percent
Change
    2010     2009      Increase
(Decrease)
     Percent
Change
 
            (in thousands)                         (in thousands)                

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 287       $ 61       $ 226         370   $ (4,570   $ 552       $ 5,122         928

Based upon our estimated annual effective tax rate, our estimated tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 consisted of federal, foreign and state expense (benefit) for income taxes. Our income tax benefit on our loss before taxes of $18.6 million was different than our statutory income tax rate due primarily to our providing for a valuation allowance on tax assets, and recording of discrete items and foreign tax for the quarter. The effective income tax rate is based primarily upon forecasted income or loss for the year, the composition of the income or loss in different countries, and adjustments, if any, for the potential tax consequences, benefits or resolutions for tax audits. In calculating our effective income tax rate for 2010, no benefit is provided for temporary differences that increase deferred tax assets.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, our benefit for income taxes was $4.6 million, which included $1.1 million for income taxes related primarily to our foreign operations, $0.1 million for state tax expense and a tax benefit of $5.8 million related to the release of valuation allowance as a discrete item as a result of deferred tax liabilities assumed in the acquisition of EyeWonder. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we performed an assessment of the recoverability of deferred tax assets. As a result of the acquisition of EyeWonder, $5.8 million of net deferred tax liabilities were recorded resulting from the temporary differences generated by the differences between the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired (mainly intangible assets such as existing technologies) and their corresponding tax bases. We determined that $5.8 million of our pre-acquisition deferred tax assets that had a full valuation allowance are now more-likely-than-not to be realized as a result of the acquisition by offsetting such deferred tax assets against the $5.8 million net deferred tax liabilities recorded as of the acquisition date. Therefore, we recorded a tax benefit of $5.8 million related to the partial release of the related valuation allowance. For the remaining balance of deferred tax

 

33


Table of Contents

assets, there was sufficient negative evidence as a result of our cumulative losses to conclude that it was more-likely-than-not that our deferred tax assets would not be realized and we accordingly maintained the remaining valuation allowance. Related to the chors and Kiptronic acquisitions, we also have certain taxable temporary differences related to intangible assets that cannot be offset by existing deductible temporary differences resulting in a deferred tax liability of approximately $602,000.

In 2009, approximately $3.2 million of stock-based compensation expense was not deductible for tax purposes, as certain executives and other employees made tax elections which established tax bases in these awards granted at lower than the fair value recognized within the financial statements. Future non-tax deductible expenses related to these equity awards is expected to be approximately $0.6 million for 2010, based upon the unvested portion of the equity awards outstanding at December 31, 2009, and the anticipated vesting at that time.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through the following transactions:

 

   

private sales of common and preferred stock and subordinated notes;

 

   

an initial public offering of our common stock in June 2007;

 

   

borrowing on credit facilities; and

 

   

cash generated by operations.

As of September 30, 2010, our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities classified as current totaled $70.7 million.

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities improved by $13.2 million, with net cash provided by operating activities equaling $7.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to net cash used in operating activities of $5.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The change to net cash provided by operating activities for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 compared to the same period in the prior year was primarily due to changes in operating assets and liabilities. Cash used due to changes in operating assets and liabilities was $8.6 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $22.0 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a decrease in usage of $13.4 million. The change relates primarily to greater cash usage during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 related primarily to (1) increases in prepaid expenses and other current and long-term assets associated with advanced payments for backbone services with a telecommunications provider; (2) a decrease in accounts payable related to the timing of payments; and (3) a decrease in other current liabilities primarily due to the payment of certain accrued legal fees and cost of sales accruals; and (4) a decrease in deferred revenue resulting from revenue recognition, offset by cash generated from a decrease in accounts receivable due to collection efforts during this period.

We expect that cash provided by operating activities may not be sufficient to cover new purchases of property and equipment during 2010 and litigation expenses associated with patent litigation. The timing and amount of future working capital changes, requirement to secure potential infringement damages and our ability to manage our days sales outstanding will also affect the future amount of cash used in or provided by operating activities.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities was $45.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to cash used in investing activities of $30.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Cash used in investing activities was principally comprised of cash used for the acquisition of businesses, the purchase of short-term marketable securities and capital expenditures primarily for computer equipment associated with the build-out and expansion of our CDN, offset by cash generated from the sale of short-term marketable securities.

In January 2010, we acquired chors Gmbh or chors, an on-line and direct marketing solutions provider located in Germany. Cash paid, net of cash acquired for the chors acquisition was approximately $2.0 million.

On April 30, 2010, we acquired EyeWonder, Inc. or EyeWonder. EyeWonder is a provider of interactive digital advertising products and services to advertisers, advertising agencies and publishers. The purchase price included both cash and company stock for the acquisition. Cash paid, net of cash acquired was $61.9 million.

On July 30, 2010, we acquired Delve Networks, Inc. a privately-held provider of cloud-based video publishing and analytics services located in Seattle, Washington. The transaction was completed with a combination of our common stock and cash. Cash paid, net of cash acquired, was $2.6 million excluding a potential earn-out payment of $0.2 million.

 

34


Table of Contents

 

We expect to have ongoing capital expenditure requirements as we continue to invest in and expand our CDN. We currently anticipate making aggregate capital expenditures of approximately 16% to 18% of total revenue in 2010.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities relates to proceeds from the exercise of stock options which were $0.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

At September 30, 2009, we had an unused line of credit of up to $5.0 million dollars. The line of credit matured on October 31, 2009 and we did not renew it. At September 30, 2010, with the exception of our capital leases, we had no other debt obligations.

On July 27, 2010, we entered into a lease agreement with a vendor to purchase equipment. Under the terms of the agreement, we financed approximately $2.3 million, excluding applicable taxes, of equipment for a period of thirty six (36) months. The financing is being accounted for as a capital lease and has been reflected as a non-cash transaction in the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows. The financing agreement is collateralized by the equipment purchased.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. If the assumptions underlying our business plan regarding future revenue and expenses change, or if unexpected opportunities or needs arise, we may seek to raise additional cash by selling equity or debt securities. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of equity or debt securities, these securities could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those accruing to holders of common stock, and the terms of such debt could impose restrictions on our operations. The sale of additional equity or convertible debt securities would also result in additional dilution to our stockholders. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

Contractual Obligations, Contingent Liabilities and Commercial Commitments

In the normal course of business, we make certain long-term commitments for operating leases, primarily office facilities, bandwidth and computer rack space. These leases expire on various dates ranging from 2010 to 2019. We expect that the growth of our business will require us to continue to add to and increase our long-term commitments in 2010 and beyond. As a result of our growth strategies, we believe that our liquidity and capital resources requirements will grow.

The following table presents our contractual obligations and commercial commitments, as of September 30, 2010 over the next five years and thereafter (in thousands):

 

     Payments Due by Period  

Contractual Obligations as of September 30, 2010

   Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Operating Leases

              

Bandwidth leases

   $ 19,745       $ 11,897       $ 6,712       $ 1,136       $ —     

Rack space leases

     16,984         6,945         6,269         3,747         23   

Real estate leases

     16,966         1,928         3,861         4,570         6,607   
                                            

Total operating leases

     53,695         20,770         16,842         9,453         6,630   

Capital leases

     2,676         977         1,699         —           —     

Bank debt

     —           —           —           —           —     

Interest on bank debt

     —           —           —           —           —     
                                            

Total commitments

   $ 56,371       $ 21,747       $ 18,541       $ 9,453       $ 6,630   
                                            

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have, and have never had, any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships; such entities are often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To evaluate our business, we consider and use Non-GAAP net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of operating performance. These measures include the same adjustments that management takes into account when it reviews and assesses operating performance on a period-to-period basis. We consider Non-GAAP net income (loss) to be an important indicator of overall business performance because it allows us to illustrate the impact of the effects of share-based compensation, litigation expenses, provision for litigation, amortization of intangibles and acquisition related expenses. We define EBITDA as GAAP net

 

35


Table of Contents

income (loss) before interest income, interest expense, other income and expense, provision for income taxes and, depreciation and amortization. We believe that EBITDA provides a useful metric to investors to compare us with other companies within our industry and across industries. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted for operational expenses that we do not consider reflective of our ongoing operations. We use Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure to review and assess operating performance. We also believe use of Adjusted EBITDA facilitates investors’ use of operating performance comparisons from period to period. In addition, it should be noted that our performance-based executive officer bonus structure is tied closely to our performance as measured in part by certain non-GAAP financial measures.

In our November 5, 2010 earnings press release, as furnished on Form 8-K, we included Non-GAAP net income (loss), EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. The terms Non-GAAP net income (loss), EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not defined under United States generally accepted accounting principles, or United States GAAP, and are not measures of operating income, operating performance or liquidity presented in accordance with United States GAAP. Our Non-GAAP net income (loss), EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and when assessing our operating performance, Non-GAAP net income (loss), EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for net income (loss) or other consolidated income statement data prepared in accordance with United States GAAP. Some of these limitations include, but are not limited to:

 

   

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

   

they do not reflect the cash requirements necessary for litigation costs;

 

   

they do not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt that we may incur;

 

   

they do not reflect income taxes or the cash requirements for any tax payments;

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will be replaced sometime in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

 

   

while share-based compensation is a component of operating expense, the impact on our financial statements compared to other companies can vary significantly due to such factors as the assumed life of the options and the assumed volatility of our common stock; and

 

   

other companies may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Non-GAAP net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA only as supplemental support for management’s analysis of business performance. Non-GAAP net income (loss), EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are calculated as follows for the periods presented.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In accordance with the requirements of Regulation G issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission, we are presenting the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures and reconciling the non-GAAP financial metrics to the comparable GAAP measures.

Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP Net Income (Loss)

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended     Nine Months Ended  
     September 30,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    September 30,
2009
    June 30,
2009
    September 30,
2010
    September 30,
2009
 

GAAP net (loss) income

   $ (5,954   $ (2,265   $ (5,220   $ (5,298   $ (14,004   $ 44,617   

Provision for potential litigation damages

     —          —          —          —          —          (65,645

Share-based compensation

     4,554        4,160        4,369        4,281        13,058        13,137   

Litigation defense expenses

     9        1,726        273        367        2,127        4,585   

Acquisition related expenses

     345        409        —          —          1,358        —     

Amortization of intangibles

     1,354        915        59       —          2,441        59  
                                                

Non-GAAP net income (loss)

   $ 308      $ 4,945      $ (519   $ (650   $ 4,980      $ (3,247
                                                

 

36


Table of Contents

 

Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) to EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended     Nine Months Ended  
     September 30,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    September 30,
2009
    June 30,
2009
    September 30,
2010
    September 30,
2009
 

GAAP net (loss) income

   $ (5,954   $ (2,265   $ (5,220   $ (5,298   $ (14,004   $ 44,617   

Depreciation and amortization

     7,912        6,927        6,645        6,665        20,384        20,398   

Interest expense

     6        7        11        11        13        33   

Interest and other income (expense)

     (90     (283     (346     (226     (650     (1,181

Income tax (benefit) expense

     287        (5,098     61        171        (4,570     552   
                                                

EBITDA

   $ 2,161      $ (712   $ 1,151      $ 1,323      $ 1,173      $ 64,419   

Provision for litigation

     —          —          —          —          —          (65,645

Share-based compensation

     4,554        4,160        4,369        4,281        13,058        13,137   

Litigation defense expenses

     9        1,726        273        367        2,127        4,585   

Acquisition related expenses

     345        409        —          —          1,358        —     
                                                

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 7,069      $ 5,583      $ 5,793      $ 5,971      $ 17,716      $ 16,496   
                                                

 

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our debt and investment portfolio. In our investment portfolio, we do not use derivative financial instruments. Our investments are primarily with our commercial and investment banks and, by policy, we limit the amount of risk by investing primarily in money market funds, United States Treasury obligations, high-quality corporate and municipal obligations and certificates of deposit. We do not believe that a 10% change in interest rates would have a significant impact on our interest income, operating results or liquidity.

Foreign Currency Risk

A significant portion of our customer agreements are denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore our revenue is not subject to foreign currency risk. Because we have operations in Europe and Asia, however, we may be exposed to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates with respect to certain operating expenses and cash flows. Additionally, we may continue to expand our operations globally and sell to customers in foreign locations, potentially with customer agreements denominated in foreign currencies, which may increase our exposure to foreign exchange fluctuations. At this time, we do not have any foreign currency hedge contracts.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in SEC Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e). We maintain disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in SEC Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

As required by SEC Rule 13a-15(b), we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of

 

37


Table of Contents

our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of September 30, 2010. Based on the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

With the exception of the change in controls noted below, no additional changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2010 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

We have implemented a new revenue and invoicing, purchasing, accounts payable and general ledger reporting system. We believe these new reporting systems will further enhance our internal controls over financial reporting. In the future we may make modification and enhancements to the system. There have been no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

We are involved in litigation with Akamai Technologies, Inc. and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology relating to a claim of patent infringement. The action was filed in June 2006 in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. The trial date was set for February 2008 with respect to four claims in United States Patent No. 6,108,703 (the ‘703 patent). In February 2008, a jury returned a verdict in this lawsuit, finding that we infringed four claims of the ‘703 patent at issue and rejecting our invalidity defenses. The jury awarded an aggregate of approximately $45.5 million which includes lost profits, reasonable royalties and price erosion damages for the period April 2005 through December 31, 2007. In addition, the jury awarded pre-judgment interest which we estimated to be $2.6 million at December 31, 2007. We recorded the aggregate $48.1 million as a provision for litigation as of December 31, 2007. During 2008, we recorded an additional provision of approximately $17.5 million for potential additional infringement damages and interest. On July 1, 2008, the court denied our Motions for Judgment as a Matter of Law (JMOL), Obviousness, and a New Trial. The court also denied Akamai’s Motion for Permanent Injunction as premature and denied its Motions for Summary Judgment regarding our equitable defenses. The court conducted a bench trial in November 2008 regarding our equitable defenses. We also filed a motion for reconsideration of the court’s earlier denial of our motion for JMOL. Our motion for reconsideration of JMOL was based largely upon a clarification in the standard for a finding of joint infringement articulated by the Federal Circuit in the case of Muniauction, Inc. v. Thomson Corp. (the Muniauction Case), released after the court denied our initial motion for JMOL. On April 24, 2009 the court issued its order and memorandum setting aside the adverse jury verdict and ruling that we did not infringe Akamai’s ‘703 patent and that we are entitled to judgment as a matter of law. Based upon the court’s April 24, 2009 order we have reversed the $65.6 million provision for litigation previously recorded for this lawsuit as we no longer believe that payment of any amounts represented by the litigation provision is probable. The court entered final judgment in favor of us. Akamai filed a notice of appeal of the court’s decision on May 26, 2009 and filed its appeal brief on September 15, 2009, we filed our reply brief on December 9, 2009 and each party has filed further appeal briefs. The court heard arguments by both parties on June 7, 2010. We cannot assure you that this lawsuit ultimately will be resolved in our favor. We intend to vigorously defend the action should the court rule in Akamai’s favor.

We expect that the litigation will continue to be expensive, time consuming and a distraction to our management in operating our business.

In August 2007, we, certain of our officers and directors, and the firms that served as the lead underwriters in our initial public offering were named as defendants in several purported class action lawsuits. These lawsuits have been consolidated into a single lawsuit in United States District Court for the District of Arizona. The consolidated complaint asserts causes of action under Sections 11, 12 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on behalf of a professed class consisting of all those who were allegedly damaged as a result of acquiring our common stock in our initial public offering (IPO) between June 8, 2007 and August 8, 2007. The complaint seeks compensatory damages and plaintiffs’ costs and expenses in the litigation. The complaint alleges, among other things, that we omitted and/or misstated certain facts concerning the seasonality of our business and that the loss of revenue with respect to certain customers. On March 17, 2008, we and the individual defendants moved to dismiss all of the plaintiffs’ claims, and a hearing was held on this motion on June 16, 2008. On August 8, 2008, the court granted the motion to dismiss, dismissing plaintiffs’ claims under Section 12 with prejudice and granting leave to amend the claims under Sections 11 and 15. Plaintiffs chose not to amend the claims under Sections 11 and 15, and on August 29, 2008 the court entered judgment in favor of us. On September 5, 2008, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal, and appellate briefs were filed by the parties in January and February 2009. We believe that we and the individual defendants have meritorious defenses to the claims made in the complaint and we intend to continue to contest the lawsuit vigorously. We do have in place directors and officers liability insurance and notice of this matter has been given to the insurance carriers. The insurance has reimbursed certain of the expenses incurred by us in defending this action. In November 2009 the parties entered into a Memorandum of Understanding to settle this lawsuit for an amount well within the coverage limits of the primary carrier of our directors and officers liability insurance. We are working to finalize the settlement, which will require court

 

38


Table of Contents

approval. We are not able at this time to estimate the range of a potential loss nor do we believe that a loss is probable. Therefore, we have made no provision for this lawsuit in our financial statements.

In December 2007, Level 3 Communications, LLC (Level 3) filed a lawsuit against us in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia alleging that we were infringing certain patents Level 3 acquired from Savvis Communications Corp. In addition to monetary relief, including treble damages, interest, fees and costs, the complaint sought an order permanently enjoining us from conducting our business in a manner that infringed the relevant patents. A jury trial was conducted in January 2009, and on January 23, 2009 the jury returned a verdict favorable to us finding that we did not infringe the Level 3 patents. We believe the jury verdict finding Limelight does not infringe the Level 3 patents is correct, and that the claims of infringement asserted against us by Level 3 in the litigation were without merit. The court denied Level 3’s subsequent motion for judgment as a matter of law or alternatively for a new trial, and entered a judgment in our favor. Level 3 filed a notice of appeal on July 21, 2009 and filed its appeal brief on October 5, 2009. We filed our reply brief on January 19, 2010. On May 3, 2010 the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit heard oral argument on this matter, and on May 5, 2010 the court affirmed the District Court judgment in our favor. Level 3 subsequently filed a motion for re-hearing and hearing en banc that the Court subsequently denied. In light of the favorable ruling from the Court of Appeals, we do not believe that a loss is probable. Therefore, we have made no provision for this lawsuit in our financial statements.

From time to time, we also may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Investments in the equity securities of publicly traded companies involve significant risks. Our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results could be materially adversely affected by the risks identified below, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing the risks described below, you should also refer to the information contained in this report on Form 10-Q, including our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes, as well as our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 and other documents that we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Risks Related to Our Business

We are a party to several lawsuits, and an adverse outcome in any or all of those lawsuits is possible, which could have a significant, adverse effect on our financial condition and operations. If an injunction were entered against us it could force us to cease providing our CDN services.

We are a defendant in three significant lawsuits, (see discussion in “Legal Proceedings” in Part II, Item 1 of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q). In each case, we currently have favorable rulings, but we cannot provide any assurance that these favorable rulings won’t be overturned or reversed on appeal, or that the ultimate outcome of any of these lawsuits won’t be materially adverse to us. The expenses of defending these lawsuits and other lawsuits to which we may become a party, particularly fees paid to our lawyers and expert consultants, have been and will continue to be significant and will continue to adversely affect our operating results during the pendency of the lawsuits. This litigation will also continue to be a distraction to our management in operating our business. We expect that our litigation expenses will continue to be significant on a quarterly basis for the foreseeable future.

In February 2008, a jury returned a verdict in a patent infringement lawsuit filed by Akamai Technologies, Inc., or Akamai, and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or MIT, against us, finding that we infringed four claims of the patent at issue and rejecting our invalidity defenses. The jury awarded Akamai an aggregate of approximately $45.5 million in lost profits, reasonable royalties and price erosion damages, plus pre-judgment interest estimated to be $2.6 million that we recorded in 2007. During 2008 we recorded an additional provision of approximately $17.5 million for potential additional infringement damages and interest.

The court conducted a bench trial in November 2008, regarding our equitable defenses; and we filed a motion for reconsideration of the court’s earlier denial of our motion for Judgment as a Matter of Law (JMOL). Our motion for JMOL was based largely upon a clarification in the standard for a finding of joint infringement articulated by the Federal Circuit in the case of Muniauction, Inc. v. Thomson Corp. (the Muniauction Case), released after the court denied our initial motion for JMOL. On April 24, 2009 the court issued its order and memorandum setting aside the adverse jury verdict and ruling that we do not infringe Akamai’s ‘703 patent and that we are entitled to judgment as a matter of law. Based upon the court’s April 24, 2009 order we have reversed the provision for litigation relating to this matter as we no longer believe that payment of any amounts represented by the litigation provision is probable. Although the court has entered judgment in our favor and we believe the ruling of the court is correct, Akamai has appealed the judgment, and on June 7, 2010 the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit heard oral argument on this matter, and a decision is pending. We cannot provide any assurance that the lawsuit ultimately will be resolved in our favor. An adverse ruling could seriously impact our ability to conduct our business and to offer our products and services to our customers. A permanent injunction could prevent us from operating our CDN to deliver certain types of traffic, which could impact the viability of our business. Any adverse ruling, in turn, would harm our revenue, market share, reputation, liquidity and overall financial position.

 

39


Table of Contents

 

In January 2009, in a patent infringement lawsuit filed against us by Level 3 Communications LLC, or Level 3, a jury returned a verdict finding that we did not infringe any of the claims of the patents at issue in that case. The court denied Level 3’s subsequent motion for JMOL or alternatively for a new trial, and entered judgment in our favor. Level 3 has appealed the judgment. On May 3, 2010 the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit heard oral argument on this matter, and on May 5, 2010 the court affirmed the District Court judgment in our favor.

In August 2007, we, certain of our officers and directors, and the firms that served as the lead underwriters in our initial public offering were named as defendants in several purported class action lawsuits. These lawsuits have been consolidated into a single lawsuit in United States District Court for the District of Arizona. The consolidated complaint asserts causes of action under Sections 11, 12 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on behalf of a professed class consisting of all those who were allegedly damaged as a result of acquiring our common stock in our initial public offering (IPO) between June 8, 2007 and August 8, 2007. The complaint seeks compensatory damages and plaintiffs’ costs and expenses in the litigation. The complaint alleges, among other things, that we omitted and/or misstated certain facts concerning the seasonality of our business and the loss of revenue with respect to certain customers. On March 17, 2008, we and the individual defendants moved to dismiss all of the plaintiffs’ claims, and a hearing was held on this motion on June 16, 2008. On August 8, 2008, the court granted the motion to dismiss, dismissing plaintiffs’ claims under Section 12 with prejudice and granting leave to amend the claims under Sections 11 and 15. Plaintiffs chose not to amend the claims under Sections 11 and 15, and on August 29, 2008 the court entered judgment in favor of us. On September 5, 2008, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal, and appellate briefs were filed by the parties in January and February 2009. We do have in place directors and officers liability insurance and notice of this matter has been given to the insurance carriers. The insurance has reimbursed certain of the expenses incurred by us in defending this action. In November 2009 the parties entered into a Memorandum of Understanding to settle this lawsuit for an amount well within the coverage limits of the primary carrier of our directors and officers liability insurance. We are working to finalize the settlement, which will require court approval. Although we believe that we and the individual defendants have meritorious defenses to the claims made in the complaint, there can be no assurance at this time that the settlement will be approved by the court, or otherwise completed. If we receive an adverse ruling with respect to the approval of the settlement in this case and we subsequently receive an adverse judgment which exceeds the amount of our directors and officers liability insurance coverage or that insurance is not available to satisfy the judgment, such a ruling could harm our liquidity and overall financial position.

We may need to defend our intellectual property and processes against patent or copyright infringement claims, which would cause us to incur substantial costs and threaten our ability to do business.

Companies, organizations or individuals, including our competitors, may hold or obtain patents or other proprietary rights that would prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use or sell our services or develop new services, which could make it more difficult for us to operate our business. From time to time, we may receive inquiries from holders of patents inquiring whether we infringe their proprietary rights. Companies holding Internet-related patents or other intellectual property rights are increasingly bringing suits alleging infringement of such rights or otherwise asserting their rights and seeking licenses. In addition, many of our agreements with customers require us to indemnify such customers for third-party intellectual property infringement claims against them. Pursuant to such agreements, we may be required to defend such customers against certain claims which could cause us to incur additional significant costs. Any litigation or claims, whether or not valid, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources. See “Legal Proceeding” in Part II, Item 1 of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q. In addition, if we are determined to have infringed upon a third party’s intellectual property rights, we may be required to do one or more of the following:

 

   

cease selling, incorporating or using products or services that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

 

   

pay substantial damages;

 

   

obtain a license from the holder of the infringed intellectual property right, which license may or may not be available on reasonable terms or at all; or

 

   

redesign products or services.

If we are forced to take any of these actions, our business may be seriously harmed. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us and our failure or inability to obtain a license to the infringed technology, our business and operating results could be harmed.

We use certain “open-source” software the use of which could result in our having to distribute our proprietary software, including our source code, to third parties on unfavorable terms which could materially affect our business.

Certain of our service offerings use software that is subject to open-source licenses. Open-source code is software that is freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Certain open-source code is governed by license agreements, the terms of which could require users of such open-source code to make any derivative works of such open-source code available to others on unfavorable terms or at no cost. Because we use open-source code, we may be required to take remedial action in order to protect our proprietary software. Such action could include replacing certain source code used in our software, discontinuing certain of our products or taking other actions that could divert resources away from our development efforts.

 

40


Table of Contents

 

In addition, the terms relating to disclosure of derivative works in many open-source licenses are unclear. We periodically review our compliance with the open-source licenses we use and do not believe we will be required to make our proprietary software freely available. However, if a court interprets one or more such open-source licenses in a manner that is unfavorable to us, we could be required to make our software available at no cost.

We currently face competition from established competitors and may face competition from others in the future.

We compete in markets that are intensely competitive, rapidly changing and characterized by constantly declining prices and vendors offering a wide range of content delivery solutions. We have experienced and expect to continue to experience increased competition, and particularly aggressive price competition. Many of our current competitors, as well as a number of our potential competitors, have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, broader customer relationships and industry alliances and substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. As a consequence of the competitive dynamics in our market we have experienced reductions in our prices, which in turn adversely affect our revenue, gross margin and operating results.

Our primary competitors include content delivery service providers such as Akamai, Level 3 Communications, AT&T, CDNetworks and Internap Network Services Corporation, which acquired VitalStream. Also, as a result of the growth of the content delivery market, a number of companies have recently entered or are currently attempting to enter our market, either directly or indirectly, some of which may become significant competitors in the future. Our largest value-added service, the EyeWonder brand, faces formidable competition in every aspect of our business from other companies that provide solutions and services similar to those offered by us. Currently, the EyeWonder business unit’s primary competitors are DoubleClick, Eyeblaster, Pointroll, a subsidiary of Gannett, and Atlas. DoubleClick is owned by Google and Atlas is part of the Microsoft Advertising portfolio. DoubleClick and Atlas offer solutions and services similar to those offered by us and compete directly with us. We expect that Google and Microsoft will use their substantial financial and engineering resources to expand the DoubleClick and Atlas businesses and increase their ability to compete with us. We believe that both Google and Microsoft have a greater ability to attract and retain customers due to numerous competitive advantages, including their ability to offer and provide their marketing and advertising customers with a significantly broader range of related solutions and services than us. Google and Microsoft may use their experience and resources to compete with us in a variety of ways, including through acquisitions of competitors or related businesses, and could also use campaign management solutions as a loss leader or provide campaign management solutions without charge or below cost in order to encourage customers to use their other product offerings. The EyeWonder business unit also faces significant competition from rich-media solutions companies such as Unicast (a DG FastChannel company) and UK-based Flashtalking, as well as ad serving companies such as Zedo and CheckM8. In addition, we may experience competition from companies that provide web analytics or web intelligence. Other companies, such as Yahoo!, also are developing campaign management solutions.

Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements. Given the relative ease by which customers typically can switch among providers, differentiated offerings or pricing by competitors could lead to a rapid loss of customers. Some of our current or potential competitors may bundle their offerings with other services, software or hardware in a manner that may discourage content providers from purchasing the services that we offer. In addition, as we expand internationally, we face different market characteristics and competition with local content delivery service providers, many of which are very well positioned within their local markets. Increased competition could result in price reductions and revenue shortfalls, loss of customers and loss of market share, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to manage future growth effectively, we may not be able to market and sell our services successfully.

Our future operating results depend to a large extent on our ability to manage expansion and growth successfully. Risks that we face in undertaking this expansion include: training new sales personnel to become productive and generate revenue; forecasting revenue; controlling expenses and investments in anticipation of expanded operations; implementing and enhancing our content delivery network, or CDN, and administrative infrastructure, systems and processes; addressing new markets; and expanding international operations. A failure to manage our growth effectively could materially and adversely affect our ability to market and sell our products and services.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls or fail to implement our controls and procedures with respect to acquired or merged operations, our ability to produce accurate financial statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect our operating results, our ability to operate our business and investors’ views of us.

We must ensure that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis. We are required to spend considerable effort on establishing and maintaining our internal controls, which is costly and time-consuming and needs to be re-evaluated frequently.

We have only operated as a public company since June 2007 and we will continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses as we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq Stock Market’s Global Market. These rules impose various requirements on public

 

41


Table of Contents

companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices, increased reporting of compensation arrangements and other requirements. Our management and other personnel will continue to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we include in our annual report our assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our audited financial statements as of the end of each fiscal year. Furthermore, our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, (E&Y), is required to report on whether it believes we maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the year. We successfully completed our assessment and obtained E&Y’s attestation as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Our continued compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial expense and expend significant management time on compliance related issues, including our efforts in implementing controls and procedures related to acquired or merged operations. We currently do not have an internal audit group and use an international accounting firm to assist us with our assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. In future years, if we fail to timely complete this assessment, or if E&Y cannot timely attest, there may be a loss of public confidence in our internal controls, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to regulatory sanctions or investigations by the Nasdaq Stock Market’s Global Market, the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources. In addition, any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to timely meet our regulatory reporting obligations.

We may lose customers if they elect to develop content delivery solutions internally.

Our customers and potential customers may decide to develop their own content delivery solutions rather than outsource these solutions to CDN services providers like us. This is particularly true as our customers increase their operations and begin expending greater resources on delivering their content using third party solutions. If we fail to offer CDN services that are competitive to in-sourced solutions, we may lose additional customers or fail to attract customers that may consider pursuing this in-sourced approach, and our business and financial results would suffer.

We may lose customers if they are unable to build business models that effectively monetize delivery of their content.

Some of our customers will not be successful in selling advertising or otherwise monetizing the content we deliver on their behalf and consequently may not be successful in creating a profitable business model. This will result in some of our customers discontinuing their Internet or web-based business operations and discontinuing use of our services and products. Further, weakness and related uncertainty in the global financial markets and economy — which has included, among other things, significant reductions in available capital and liquidity from banks and other providers of credit, substantial reductions and/or fluctuations in equity and currency values worldwide and concerns that the worldwide economy may be in a prolonged recessionary period — may materially adversely impact our customers’ access to capital or willingness to spend capital on our services or in some cases, ultimately cause the customer to file for protection from creditors under applicable insolvency or bankruptcy laws or simply go out of business. This uncertainty may also impact our customers’ levels of cash liquidity, which could affect their ability or willingness to timely pay for services that they will order or have already ordered from us. From time to time we discontinue service to customers for non-payment of services. We expect further customers may discontinue operations or not be willing or able to pay for services that they have ordered from us. Further loss of customers may adversely affect our financial results.

Rapidly evolving technologies or new business models could cause demand for our CDN services to decline or could cause these services to become obsolete.

Customers or third parties may develop technological or business model innovations that address content delivery requirements in a manner that is, or is perceived to be, equivalent or superior to our CDN services. If competitors introduce new products or services that compete with or surpass the quality or the price/performance of our services, we may be unable to renew our agreements with existing customers or attract new customers at the prices and levels that allow us to generate attractive rates of return on our investment. For example, one or more third parties might develop improvements to current peer-to-peer technology, which is a technology that relies upon the computing power and bandwidth of its participants, such that this technological approach is better able to deliver content in a way that is competitive to our CDN services, or even makes CDN services obsolete. We may not anticipate such developments and may be unable to adequately compete with these potential solutions. In addition, our customers’ business models may change in ways that we do not anticipate and these changes could reduce or eliminate our customers’ needs for CDN services. If this occurred, we could lose customers or potential customers, and our business and financial results would suffer. As a result of these or similar potential developments, in the future it is possible that competitive dynamics in our market may require us to reduce our prices, which could harm our revenue, gross margin and operating results.

 

42


Table of Contents

 

If we are unable to sell our services at acceptable prices relative to our costs, our revenue and gross margins will decrease, and our business and financial results will suffer.

Prices for content delivery services have fallen in recent years and are likely to fall further in the future. We have invested significant amounts in purchasing capital equipment to increase the capacity of our content delivery services. For example, in 2007, 2008 and 2009 we invested $22.3 million, $17.4 million and $20.4 million, respectively, in capital expenditures primarily for computer equipment associated with the build-out and expansion of our CDN. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, we invested $25.4 million. Our investments in our infrastructure are based upon our assumptions regarding future demand and also prices that we will be able to charge for our services. These assumptions may prove to be wrong. If the price that we are able to charge customers to deliver their content falls to a greater extent than we anticipate, if we over-estimate future demand for our services or if our costs to deliver our services do not fall commensurate with any future price declines, we may not be able to achieve acceptable rates of return on our infrastructure investments and our gross profit and results of operations may suffer dramatically.

During 2010, as we further expand our CDN and begin to refresh our network equipment, we expect our capital expenditures to be approximately 16% to 18% of total revenue. As a consequence, we are dependent on significant future growth in demand for our services to provide the necessary gross profit to pay these additional expenses. If we fail to generate significant additional demand for our services, our results of operations will suffer and we may fail to achieve planned or expected financial results. There are numerous factors that could, alone or in combination with other factors, impede our ability to increase revenue, moderate expenses or maintain gross margins, including:

 

   

failure to increase sales of our core services;

 

   

increases in electricity, bandwidth and rack space costs or other operating expenses, and failure to achieve decreases in these costs and expenses relative to decreases in the prices we can charge for our services and products;

 

   

inability to maintain our prices relative to our costs;

 

   

failure of our current and planned services and software to operate as expected;

 

   

loss of any significant customers or loss of existing customers at a rate greater than our increase in new customers or our sales to existing customers;

 

   

failure to increase sales of our services to current customers as a result of their ability to reduce their monthly usage of our services to their minimum monthly contractual commitment;

 

   

failure of a significant number of customers to pay our fees on a timely basis or at all or failure to continue to purchase our services in accordance with their contractual commitments; and

 

   

inability to attract high quality customers to purchase and implement our current and planned services.

If we are unable to develop new services and enhancements to existing services or fail to predict and respond to emerging technological trends and customers’ changing needs, our operating results may suffer.

The market for our CDN and value-added services is characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and new product and service introductions. Our operating results depend on our ability to predict user preferences or industry changes, and modify our solutions and services on a timely basis or develop and introduce new services into existing and emerging markets. The process of developing new technologies is complex and uncertain. We must commit significant resources to developing new services or enhancements to our existing services before knowing whether our investments will result in services the market will accept. Furthermore, we may not execute successfully our technology initiatives because of errors in planning or timing, technical hurdles that we fail to overcome in a timely fashion, misunderstandings about market demand or a lack of appropriate resources. As prices for CDN continue to fall, we will increasingly rely on new product offerings and other value-added services to maintain or increase our gross margins. Failures in execution or market acceptance of new services we introduce could result in competitors providing those solutions before we do, which could lead to loss of market share, revenue and earnings.

Advertisers may not find Internet advertising effective and may reduce their allocations of advertisement spending on Internet campaigns.

Most large advertisers have fixed advertising budgets, a very small portion of which is allocated to Internet advertising. The future success of our EyeWonder business depends highly on an increase in the use of the Internet, the commitment of advertisers and advertising agencies to the Internet as an advertising and marketing medium, the advertisers’ implementation of advertising campaigns, and the willingness of current or potential customers to outsource their Internet advertising and marketing needs. If the market for Internet advertising or marketing deteriorates, or develops more slowly than we expect, our business could suffer. The market for Internet advertising and marketing is relatively new and rapidly evolving, and we expect that large advertisers will continue to focus most of their advertising efforts on traditional media. Advertisers, including current and potential customers, may also find Internet advertising or marketing to be less effective than traditional media advertising or marketing methods for promoting their products and services, and therefore may decrease the portion of their budget allocated to Internet advertising or may shift their

 

43


Table of Contents

advertising away from the Internet. Even if Internet advertising increases in the aggregate, if display advertising does not increase, the market for our products and services may not continue to be viable and our revenues may decrease. If we fail to convince these companies to spend a portion of their advertising budgets with us to advertise online, or if our existing advertisers reduce the amount they spend on its services, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our EyeWonder business may be adversely affected by cyclicality or an extended downturn in the United States or worldwide economy in or related to the industries we serve.

Revenues for our EyeWonder business unit are generated primarily from providing online campaign management solutions and services to advertising agencies and advertisers across digital media channels and a variety of formats. Demand for these services tends to be tied to economic cycles, reflecting overall economic conditions as well as budgeting and buying patterns. Following the recent negative developments in the world economy, several agency and analyst organizations now predict that the growth in online advertising will be slower than previously expected. We cannot provide assurance that advertising budgets and expenditures by advertising agencies and advertisers will not decline in any given period or that advertising spending will not be diverted to more traditional media or other online marketing products and services, which would lead to a decline in the demand for our campaign management solutions and services. A decline in the economic prospects of advertisers or the economy in general could alter current or prospective customers’ spending priorities. As a result, our revenues may not increase or may decline significantly in any given period.

Consolidation of Internet advertising networks, web portals, Internet search engine sites and web publishers may impair our ability to serve advertisements and to collect campaign data, and could lead to a loss of significant customers.

The growing trend of consolidation of Internet advertising networks, web portals, Internet search engine sites and web publishers, and increasing industry presence of a small number of large companies, such as Google and Microsoft, could harm our business. We currently are able to serve, track and manage advertisements for our customers in a variety of networks and websites. Concentration of advertising networks or any disruption in our relationship with our publishers could substantially impair our ability to serve advertisements if networks or websites decide not to permit us to serve, track or manage advertisements on their websites, if publishers develop ad placement systems that are not compatible with our systems, or if they use their market power to force their customers to use certain vendors on their networks or websites. These networks or websites also could prohibit or limit our aggregation of advertising campaign data if they use technology that is not compatible with our technology. In addition, concentration of desirable advertising space in a small number of networks and websites could result in pricing pressures and diminish the value of our advertising campaign data, as the value of this data depends to some degree on the continuous aggregation of data from advertising campaigns on a variety of different advertising networks and websites. Additionally, major networks and publishers can terminate our ability to serve advertisements on their properties on short notice. If we are no longer able to serve, track and manage advertisements on a variety of networks and websites, our offerings will be significantly impacted.

Our EyeWonder business depends on a strong brand reputation, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business will suffer.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing the “EyeWonder” brand is critical to expanding our base of customers and maintaining brand loyalty among customers, particularly in North America where brand perception can impact the competitive position in other markets worldwide, and that the importance of brand recognition will increase due to the growing number of competitors providing similar services and solutions. Maintaining and enhancing our brand may require us to make substantial investments in research and development and in the marketing of our solutions and services and these investments may not be successful. If we fail to promote and maintain the “EyeWonder” brand, or if we incur excessive expenses in this effort, our business and results of operations could be adversely impacted. We anticipate that, as our market becomes increasingly competitive, maintaining and enhancing our brand may become increasingly difficult and expensive. Maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on our ability to be a technology leader and to continue to provide high quality solutions and services, which we may not do successfully.

New advertisement blocking technologies could limit or block the delivery or display of advertisements by our service offerings, which could undermine the viability of our business.

Advertisement blocking technologies, such as “filter” software programs, that can limit or block the delivery or display of advertisements delivered through our service offerings are currently available for Internet users and are continuing to be developed. If these technologies become widespread, the commercial viability of the current Internet advertisement model may be undermined. As a result, ad-blocking technology could, in the future, have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

More individuals are using non-personal computer devices to access the Internet, and the solutions developed for these devices may not be widely deployed.

 

44


Table of Contents

 

The number of people who access the Internet through devices other than personal computers (PCs), including mobile devices, game consoles and television set-top devices, has increased dramatically in the past few years. The lower resolution, functionality and memory associated with alternative devices make the use of our service offerings through these devices more difficult and potentially less effective. If we are unable to deliver our service offerings to a substantial number of alternative device users or if we are slow to develop services and technologies that are more compatible with non-PC Internet-enabled devices, we will fail to capture a significant share of an increasingly important portion of the market. Such a failure could limit our ability to compete effectively in an industry that is rapidly growing and changing.

Our EyeWonder business may be adversely affected by malicious third-party software applications that interfere with the function of our technology.

Our EyeWonder business may be adversely affected by malicious software applications that make changes to Internet users’ computers and interfere with our technology. These applications may attempt to change the users’ experience in using our services, including altering or replacing advertisements delivered by our platform, changing configurations of our user interface, or otherwise interfering with our ability to deliver advertisements to users’ devices. The interference may occur without disclosure to or consent from users, resulting in a negative experience that users may associate with our services. If our efforts to combat these malicious software applications are unsuccessful, our reputation may be harmed and the communications with certain users on behalf of our customers could be impaired. This could result in a decline in usage of our services and corresponding revenues, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to detect click-through fraud or other invalid clicks, we could lose the confidence of our advertisers, thereby causing our business to suffer.

We are exposed to the risk of fraudulent clicks and other invalid clicks on advertisements delivered by us from a variety of potential sources. Invalid clicks are clicks that we have determined are not intended by the user to link to the underlying content, such as inadvertent clicks on the same ad twice and clicks resulting from click fraud. Click fraud occurs when a user intentionally clicks on an ad displayed on a web site for a reason other than to view the underlying content. These types of fraudulent activities could harm our business and brand. If fraudulent clicks are not detected, the data that our solutions provide to customers may be less reliable and the affected advertisers may lose confidence in our solutions to deliver a return on their investment. If advertisers become dissatisfied with our solutions, they may choose to do business with our competitors or reduce their Internet advertising spending.

We depend on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenue in any fiscal period, and the loss of, or a significant shortfall in demand from these customers could significantly harm our results of operations.

During any given fiscal period, a relatively small number of customers typically account for a significant percentage of our revenue. For example, in 2009, sales to our top 10 customers, in terms of revenue, accounted for approximately 36% of our total revenue. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, sales to our top ten customers, in terms of revenue, accounted for approximately 30% of our total revenue. During 2009 one of these top 10 customers, Microsoft, represented approximately 14% of our total revenue for that period. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, we had no customer who represented more than 10% of our total revenue. Microsoft, and other large customers, may not continue to be as significant going forward as they have been in the past. During 2011 we anticipate that our revenue from Microsoft will decline from that earned in 2010 and as a percent of our total revenue. In the past, the customers that comprised our top 10 customers have continually changed, and we also have experienced significant fluctuations in our individual customers’ usage of our services. As a consequence, we may not be able to adjust our expenses in the short term to address the unanticipated loss of a large customer during any particular period. As such, we may experience significant, unanticipated fluctuations in our operating results which may cause us to not meet our expectations or those of stock market analysts, which could cause our stock price to decline.

If we are unable to attract new customers or to retain our existing customers, our revenue could be lower than expected and our operating results may suffer.

In addition to adding new customers, to increase our revenue, we must sell additional services to existing customers and encourage existing customers to increase their usage levels. If our existing and prospective customers do not perceive our services to be of sufficiently high value and quality, we may not be able to retain our current customers or attract new customers. We sell our services pursuant to service agreements that generally include some form of financial minimum commitment. Our customers have no obligation to renew their contracts for our services after the expiration of their initial commitment, and these service agreements may not be renewed at the same or higher level of service, if at all. Moreover, under some circumstances, some of our customers have the right to cancel their service agreements prior to the expiration of the terms of their agreements. This fact, in addition to the changing competitive landscape in our market, means that we cannot accurately predict future customer renewal rates or usage rates. Our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including:

 

   

their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our services;

 

   

the prices of our services;

 

45


Table of Contents

 

   

the prices of services offered by our competitors;

 

   

discontinuation by our customers of their Internet or web-based content distribution business;

 

   

mergers and acquisitions affecting our customer base; and

 

   

reductions in our customers’ spending levels.

If our customers do not renew their service agreements with us or if they renew on less favorable terms, our revenue may decline and our business will suffer. Similarly, our customer agreements often provide for minimum commitments that are often significantly below our customers’ historical usage levels. Consequently, even if we have agreements with our customers to use our services, these customers could significantly curtail their usage without incurring any penalties under our agreements. In this event, our revenue would be lower than expected and our operating results could suffer.

It also is an important component of our growth strategy to market our CDN services to industries, such as enterprise and the government. As an organization, we do not have significant experience in selling our services into these markets. We have only recently begun a number of these initiatives, and our ability to successfully sell our services into these markets to a meaningful extent remains unproven. If we are unsuccessful in such efforts, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.

Our results of operations may fluctuate in the future. As a result, we may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our results of operations may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. If our results of operations fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. In addition to the effects of other risks discussed in this section, fluctuations in our results of operations may be due to a number of factors, including:

 

   

our ability to increase sales to existing customers and attract new customers to our CDN and value-added services;

 

   

the addition or loss of large customers, or significant variation in their use of our CDN and value-added services;

 

   

costs associated with current or future intellectual property lawsuits and other lawsuits;

 

   

service outages or security breaches;

 

   

the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

   

the timing and success of new product and service introductions by us or our competitors;

 

   

the occurrence of significant events in a particular period that result in an increase in the use of our CDN and value-added services, such as a major media event or a customer’s online release of a new or updated video game;

 

   

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

   

the timing of recognizing revenue;

 

   

limitations of the capacity of our content delivery network and related systems;

 

   

the timing of costs related to the development or acquisition of technologies, services or businesses;

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions (such as the fluctuations experienced in the stock and credit markets during the recent deterioration of global economic conditions) and those conditions specific to Internet usage;

 

   

limitations on usage imposed by our customers in order to limit their online expenses; and

 

   

geopolitical events such as war, threat of war or terrorist actions.

Additionally, the operating results for our EyeWonder business unit have historically fluctuated on a quarterly basis due to the seasonal nature of brand-oriented advertising on the Internet, and we expect this fluctuation to continue. The fourth calendar quarter is typically the strongest, and the first quarter is often the weakest quarter for the EyeWonder business unit. The increase in revenue in the fourth quarter is primarily the result of heavy advertising and online shopping during November and December due to the holidays. The drop in revenues in the first quarter is linked to the drop in online advertising and shopping that occurs at the beginning of each year. We believe that cyclicality and seasonality may have a more pronounced effect on our EyeWonder business unit’s operating results in the future, as its growth slows. Our EyeWonder business unit’s operating expenses are relatively fixed in the near term. As a result, we cannot quickly react to changes in revenue and therefore, changes in revenue could lead to changes in our operating results.

We believe that our revenue and results of operations may vary significantly in the future and that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. You should not rely on the results of one period as an indication of future performance.

 

46


Table of Contents

 

After being profitable in 2004 and 2005, we were unprofitable in 2006, 2007 and 2008, and would have been unprofitable in 2009, had we not reversed a significant reserve for litigation, primarily due to increased stock-based compensation expense and litigation costs, which could affect our ability to achieve and maintain profitability in the future.

Our adoption of ASC 718 (formerly FAS 123R) in 2006 substantially increased the amount of share-based compensation expense we record and has had a significant impact on our results of operations. After being profitable in 2004 and 2005, we were unprofitable in 2006, 2007 and 2008 partially due to an increase in our share-based compensation expense which increased from $0.1 million in 2005 to $9.2 million in 2006, to $18.9 million in 2007 to $18.1 million in 2008. We were profitable in 2009, due to the reversal of a significant reserve for litigation; however our share-based compensation was still significant at $17.5 million for the year. This significant amount of share-based compensation expense reflects an increase in the level of stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock unit (RSU) grants. Our unrecognized share-based compensation expense totaled $31.0 million at September 30, 2010, of which we expect to amortize $4.5 million during the remainder of 2010, $13.1 million in 2011 and the remainder thereafter based upon the scheduled vesting of the options, restricted stock and RSUs outstanding at that time. The increased share-based compensation expense could adversely affect our ability to achieve and maintain profitability in the future. In 2006, we were sued by Akamai and MIT alleging infringement of certain patents. In December 2007, we were sued by Level 3 Communications alleging infringement of certain patents. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, significant costs associated with litigation. These costs were $3.1 million, $7.3 million, $20.8 million and $5.4 million, respectively, in 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, we incurred $2.1 million in litigation costs. These costs may continue to be significant during 2010.

We generate our revenue primarily from the sale of CDN services, and the failure of the market for these services to expand as we expect or the reduction in spending on those services by our current or potential customers would seriously harm our business.

While we offer our customers a number of services associated with our CDN, we generated the majority of our revenue in 2007, 2008, 2009 and the first half of 2010 from charging our customers for the content delivered on their behalf through our CDN. We are subject to an elevated risk of reduced demand for these services. Furthermore, if the market for delivery of rich media content in particular does not continue to grow as we expect or grows more slowly, then we may fail to achieve a return on the significant investment we are making to prepare for this growth. Our success, therefore, depends on the continued and increasing reliance on the Internet for delivery of media content and our ability to cost-effectively deliver these services. Factors that may have a general tendency to limit or reduce the number of users relying on the Internet for media content or the number of providers making this content available online include a general decline in Internet usage, litigation involving our customers and third party restrictions on online content, including copyright restrictions, digital rights management and restrictions in certain geographic regions, as well as a significant increase in the quality or fidelity of offline media content beyond that available online to the point where users prefer the offline experience. The influence of any of these factors may cause our current or potential customers to reduce their spending on CDN services, which would seriously harm our operating results and financial condition.

Many of our significant current and potential customers are pursuing emerging or unproven business models which, if unsuccessful, could lead to a substantial decline in demand for our CDN services.

Because the proliferation of broadband Internet connections and the subsequent monetization of content libraries for distribution to Internet users are relatively recent phenomena, many of our customers’ business models that center on the delivery of rich media and other content to users remain unproven. For example, social media companies have been among our top recent customers and are pursuing emerging strategies for monetizing the user content and traffic on their web sites. Our customers will not continue to purchase our CDN services if their investment in providing access to the media stored on or deliverable through our CDN does not generate a sufficient return on their investment. A reduction in spending on CDN services by our current or potential customers would seriously harm our operating results and financial condition.

Our business will be adversely affected if we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights from unauthorized use or infringement by third parties.

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and restrictions on disclosure to protect our intellectual property rights. These legal protections afford only limited protection, and we have only one currently issued patent. Monitoring infringement of our intellectual property rights is difficult, and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights. We have applied for patent protection in a number of foreign countries, but the laws in these jurisdictions may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. Furthermore, we cannot be certain that any pending or future patent applications will be granted, that any future patent will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or that rights granted under any patent that may be issued will provide competitive advantages to us.

 

47


Table of Contents

 

Any unplanned interruption in the functioning of our network or services or attacks on our internal information technology systems could lead to significant costs and disruptions that could reduce our revenue and harm our business, financial results and reputation.

Our business is dependent on providing our customers with fast, efficient and reliable distribution of application and content delivery services over the Internet. Many of our customers depend primarily or exclusively on our services to operate their businesses. Consequently, any disruption of our services could have a material impact on our customers’ businesses. Our network or services could be disrupted by numerous events, including natural disasters, failure or refusal of our third party network providers to provide the necessary capacity, failure of our software or CDN delivery infrastructure and power losses. In addition, we deploy our servers in third party co-location facilities, and these third-party co-location providers could experience system outages or other disruptions that could constrain our ability to deliver our services. We may also experience disruptions caused by software viruses or other attacks by unauthorized users.

While we have not experienced any significant, unplanned disruption of our services to date, our CDN may fail in the future. Despite our significant infrastructure investments, we may have insufficient communications and server capacity to address these or other disruptions, which could result in interruptions in our services. Any widespread interruption of the functioning of our CDN and value-added services for any reason would reduce our revenue and could harm our business and financial results. If such a widespread interruption occurred or if we failed to deliver content to users as expected during a high-profile media event, game release or other well-publicized circumstance, our reputation could be damaged severely. Moreover, any disruptions could undermine confidence in our services and cause us to lose customers or make it more difficult to attract new ones, either of which could harm our business and results of operations.

We may have difficulty scaling and adapting our existing architecture to accommodate increased traffic and technology advances or changing business requirements, which could lead to the loss of customers and cause us to incur unexpected expenses to make network improvements.

Our CDN services are highly complex and are designed to be deployed in and across numerous large and complex networks. Our network infrastructure has to perform well and be reliable for us to be successful. The greater the user traffic and the greater the complexity of our products and services, the more resources we will need to invest in additional infrastructure and support. Further, as a result of the adverse jury verdict in February 2008 in the Akamai Technologies, Inc. v. Limelight Networks, Inc. lawsuit, which verdict was overturned by the court’s April 24, 2009 order granting our motion for judgment as a matter of law, we made significant investment in designing and implementing changes to our CDN architecture in order to implement our CDN services in a manner we believe does not infringe the claims of Akamai’s ‘703 patent as alleged in the February 2008 trial. We have spent and expect to continue to spend substantial amounts on the purchase and lease of equipment and data centers and the upgrade of our technology and network infrastructure to handle increased traffic over our network, implement changes to our CDN architecture and to roll out new products and services. This expansion is expensive and complex and could result in inefficiencies, operational failures or defects in our network and related software. If we do not implement such changes or expand successfully, or if we experience inefficiencies and operational failures, the quality of our products and services and user experience could decline. From time to time, we have needed to correct errors and defects in our software or in other aspects of our CDN. In the future, there may be additional errors and defects that may harm our ability to deliver our services, including errors and defects originating with third party networks or software on which we rely. These occurrences could damage our reputation and lead us to lose current and potential customers. We must continuously upgrade our infrastructure in order to keep pace with our customers’ evolving demands. Cost increases or the failure to accommodate increased traffic or these evolving business demands without disruption could harm our operating results and financial condition.

Our operations are dependent in part upon communications capacity provided by third party telecommunications providers. A material disruption of the communications capacity we have leased could harm our results of operations, reputation and customer relations.

We lease private line capacity for our backbone from a third party provider, Global Crossing Ltd. Our contracts for private line capacity with Global Crossing generally have terms of three to four years. In January and September 2009, we amended our agreement with Global Crossing to enhance the private line capacity for our backbone. The communications capacity we have leased may become unavailable for a variety of reasons, such as physical interruption, technical difficulties, contractual disputes, or the financial health of our third party provider. As it would be time consuming and expensive to identify and obtain alternative third party connectivity, we are dependent on Global Crossing in the near term. Financial failure of Global Crossing could jeopardize utilization of the service fees pre-paid by us under our agreement with Global Crossing. Additionally, as we grow, we anticipate requiring greater private line capacity than we currently have in place. If we are unable to obtain such capacity on terms commercially acceptable to us or at all, our business and financial results would suffer. We may not be able to deploy on a timely basis enough network capacity to meet the needs of our customer base or effectively manage demand for our services.

 

48


Table of Contents

 

Our business depends on continued and unimpeded access to third party controlled end-user access networks.

Our content delivery services depend on our ability to access certain end-user access networks in order to complete the delivery of rich media and other online content to end-users. Some operators of these networks may take measures, such as the deployment of a variety of filters, that could degrade, disrupt or increase the cost of our or our customers’ access to certain of these end-user access networks by restricting or prohibiting the use of their networks to support or facilitate our services, or by charging increased fees to us, our customers or end-users in connection with our services. This or other types of interference could result in a loss of existing customers, increased costs and impairment of our ability to attract new customers, thereby harming our revenue and growth.

In addition, the performance of our infrastructure depends in part on the direct connection of our CDN to a large number of end-user access networks, known as peering, which we achieve through mutually beneficial cooperation with these networks. If, in the future, a significant percentage of these network operators elected to no longer peer with our CDN, the performance of our infrastructure could be diminished, our costs could increase and our business could suffer.

If our ability to deliver media files in popular proprietary content formats was restricted or became cost-prohibitive, demand for our content delivery services could decline, we could lose customers and our financial results could suffer.

Our business depends on our ability to deliver media content in all major formats. If our legal right or technical ability to store and deliver content in one or more popular proprietary content formats, such as Adobe Flash or Windows Media, was limited, our ability to serve our customers in these formats would be impaired and the demand for our content delivery services would decline by customers using these formats. Owners of propriety content formats may be able to block, restrict or impose fees or other costs on our use of such formats, which could lead to additional expenses for us and for our customers, or which could prevent our delivery of this type of content altogether. Such interference could result in a loss of existing customers, increased costs and impairment of our ability to attract new customers, which would harm our revenue, operating results and growth.

As part of our business strategy, we may acquire businesses or technologies and may have difficulty integrating these operations.

We may seek to acquire businesses or technologies that are complementary to our business. For example, in May 2009, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Kiptronic Inc., a developer of mobility and monetization solutions for content publishers, in January 2010, we acquired chors GmbH, an on-line and direct marketing solutions provider located in Germany, in April 2010, we acquired EyeWonder, Inc., a provider of interactive digital advertising products and services to advertisers, and in July 2010, we acquired Delve Networks, Inc., a provider of online video solutions to manage, publish, measure and monetize high quality video content on the Internet. Acquisitions involve a number of risks to our business, including the difficulty of integrating the operations and personnel of the acquired companies, the potential disruption of our ongoing business, the potential distraction of management, the possibility that our business culture and the business culture of the acquired companies will not be compatible, the difficulty of incorporating acquired technology and rights into our operations, expenses related to the acquisition and to the integration of the acquired companies, the impairment of relationships with employees and customers as a result of any integration of new personnel, risks related to the businesses of acquired companies that may continue to impact the businesses following the merger and potential unknown liabilities associated with acquired companies. Any inability to integrate operations or personnel in an efficient and timely manner could harm our results of operations.

In order to realize the expected benefits and synergies of our recent merger with EyeWonder, we must meet a number of significant challenges, including:

 

   

integrating the management teams, strategies, cultures, technologies and operations of the two businesses;

 

   

retaining and assimilating the key personnel of each company;

 

   

retaining existing customers; and

 

   

implementing and retaining uniform standards, controls, procedures, policies and information systems.

Until the completion of the merger on April 30, 2010, we and EyeWonder had operated independently. It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of the technical skills and management expertise of key employees, the disruption of each company’s ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies due to possible cultural conflicts or differences of opinions on technical decisions and services. A failure to integrate the two organizations successfully could adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers, suppliers and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the merger. Even if we are able to integrate the EyeWonder business operations successfully, this integration may not result in the realization of the full benefits of synergies, cost savings, innovation and operational efficiencies that may be possible from this integration, and these benefits may not be achieved within a reasonable period of time.

 

49


Table of Contents

 

We have little prior experience as a company in this complex process of acquiring and integrating businesses. If we are not successful in completing acquisitions that we may pursue in the future, we may be required to reevaluate our business strategy, and we may incur substantial expenses and devote significant management time and resources without a productive result. In addition, future acquisitions will require the use of our available cash or dilutive issuances of securities. Future acquisitions or attempted acquisitions could also harm our ability to achieve profitability. We may also experience significant turnover from the acquired operations or from our current operations as we integrate businesses.

If we are unable to retain our key employees and hire qualified sales and technical personnel, our ability to compete could be harmed.

Our future success depends upon the continued services of our executive officers and other key technology, sales, marketing and support personnel who have critical industry experience and relationships that they rely on in implementing our business plan. In particular, we are dependent on the services of our Chief Executive Officer, Jeffrey W. Lunsford and also our Chief Technical Officer, Nathan F. Raciborski. Neither of these officers nor any of our other key employees is bound by an employment agreement for any specific term. There is increasing competition for talented individuals with the specialized knowledge to deliver content delivery services and this competition affects both our ability to retain key employees and hire new ones. The loss of the services of any of our key employees could disrupt our operations, delay the development and introduction of our services, and negatively impact our ability to sell our services.

We face risks associated with international operations that could harm our business.

We have operations in numerous foreign countries and may continue to expand our sales and support organizations internationally. As part of our growth strategy, we intend to expand our sales and support organizations internationally, as well as to further expand our international network infrastructure. We have limited experience in providing our services internationally and such expansion could require us to make significant expenditures, including the hiring of local employees, in advance of generating any revenue. As a consequence, we may fail to achieve profitable operations that will compensate our investment in international locations. In addition, expansion into international markets is important to the long-term success of our EyeWonder business, which has only limited experience with operations outside the United States. We are subject to a number of risks associated with international business activities that may increase our costs, lengthen our sales cycle and require significant management attention.

These risks include:

 

   

increased expenses associated with sales and marketing, deploying services and maintaining our infrastructure in foreign countries;

 

   

competition from local content delivery service providers, many of which are very well positioned within their local markets;

 

   

challenges caused by distance, language and cultural differences;

 

   

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements preventing us from operating our CDN or resulting in unanticipated costs and delays;

 

   

interpretations of laws or regulations that would subject us to regulatory supervision or, in the alternative, require us to exit a country, which could have a negative impact on the quality of our services or our results of operations;

 

   

longer accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

 

   

corporate and personal liability for violations of local laws and regulations;

 

   

currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

potentially adverse tax consequences;

 

   

credit risk and higher levels of payment fraud; and

 

   

foreign exchange controls that might prevent us from repatriating cash earned in countries outside the United States.

Internet-related and other laws relating to taxation issues, privacy and consumer protection and liability for content distributed over our network, could harm our business.

Laws and regulations that apply to communications and commerce conducted over the Internet are becoming more prevalent, both in the United States and internationally, and may impose additional burdens on companies conducting business online or providing Internet-related services such as ours. Increased regulation could negatively affect our business directly, as well as the businesses of our customers, which could reduce their demand for our services. For example, tax authorities abroad may impose taxes on the Internet-related revenue we generate based on where our internationally deployed servers are located. In addition, domestic and international taxation laws are subject to change. Our services, or the businesses of our customers, may become subject to increased


Table of Contents

taxation, which could harm our financial results either directly or by forcing our customers to scale back their operations and use of our services in order to maintain their operations. In addition, the laws relating to the liability of private network operators for information carried on or disseminated through their networks are unsettled, both in the United States and abroad. Network operators have been sued in the past, sometimes successfully, based on the content of material disseminated through their networks. We may become subject to legal claims such as defamation, invasion of privacy and copyright infringement in connection with content stored on or distributed through our network. In addition, our reputation could suffer as a result of our perceived association with the type of content that some of our customers deliver. If we need to take costly measures to reduce our exposure to these risks, or are required to defend ourselves against such claims, our financial results could be negatively affected.

Several other federal laws also could expose us to liability and impose significant additional costs on us. For example, the Digital Millennium Copyright Act has provisions that limit, but do not eliminate, our liability for the delivery of customer content that infringe copyrights or other rights, so long as we comply with the statutory requirements of the Act. In addition, the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act restricts the ability of online services to collect information from minors and the Protection of Children from Sexual Predators Act of 1998 requires online service providers to report evidence of violations of federal child pornography laws under certain circumstances. Compliance with these laws and regulations is complex and any failure on our part to comply with these regulations may subject us to additional liabilities.

Privacy concerns could lead to legislative and other limitations on our ability to collect usage data from Internet users, including limitations on our use of cookie or conversion tag technology and user profiling, which is crucial to our ability to provide services to our customers.

Our ability to conduct targeted advertising campaigns and compile data that we use to formulate campaign strategies for customers depends on the use of “cookies” and “conversion tags” to track Internet users and their online behavior, which allows us to measure an advertising campaign’s effectiveness and avoid repeatedly delivering the same ad to a particular user’s device. A cookie is a small file of information stored on a user’s computer that allows us to recognize that user’s browser when it serves advertisements. A conversion tag functions similarly to a banner advertisement, except that the conversion tag is not visible. Our conversion tags may be placed on specific pages of clients of customers’ or prospective customers’ websites. Government authorities inside the United States concerned with the privacy of Internet users have suggested limiting or eliminating the use of cookies, conversion tags or user profiling. Bills aimed at regulating the collection and use of personal data from Internet users are currently pending in U.S. Congress and many state legislatures. Attempts at such regulation may be drafted in such a way as to limit or prohibit the use of technology like cookies and conversion tags, thereby creating restrictions that could reduce our ability to use them. In addition, the Federal Trade Commission and the Department of Commerce have conducted hearings regarding user profiling, the collection of non-personally identifiable information and online privacy.

Our foreign operations may also be adversely affected by regulatory action outside the United States. For example, the European Union has adopted a directive addressing data privacy that limits the collection, disclosure and use of information regarding European Internet users. In addition, the European Union has enacted an electronic communications directive that imposes certain restrictions on the use of cookies and conversion tags and also places restrictions on the sending of unsolicited communications. Each European Union member country was required to enact legislation to comply with the provisions of the electronic communications directive by October 31, 2003 (though not all have done so). Germany has also enacted additional laws limiting the use of user profiling, and other countries, both in and out of the European Union, may impose similar limitations.

Internet users may directly limit or eliminate the placement of cookies on their computers by using third-party software that blocks cookies, or by disabling or restricting the cookie functions of their Internet browser software. Internet browser software upgrades also may result in limitations on the use of cookies or conversion tags. Technologies like the Platform for Privacy Preferences (P3P) Project may limit collection of cookie and conversion tag information. Plaintiffs’ attorneys also have organized class action suits against companies related to the use of cookies and several companies, including companies in the Internet advertising industry, have had claims brought against them before the Federal Trade Commission regarding the collection and use of Internet user information. We may be subject to such suits in the future, which could limit or eliminate our ability to collect such information. If our ability to use cookies or conversion tags or engage in other user profiling were substantially restricted due to the foregoing, or for any other reason, we would have to generate and use other technology or methods that allow the gathering of user profile data in order to provide services to customers. This change in technology or methods could require significant reengineering time and resources, and may not be complete in time to avoid negative consequences to our business. In addition, alternative technology or methods might not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If the use of cookies and conversion tags are prohibited and we are not able to efficiently and cost effectively create new technology, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. In addition, any compromise of security that results in the release of Internet users’ and/or our customers’ data could seriously limit the adoption of our service offerings as well as harm our reputation and brand, expose us to liability and subject us to reporting obligations under various state laws, which could have an adverse effect on our business. The risk that these types of events could seriously harm our business is likely to increase as the amount of data stored for customers on our servers (including personal information) and the number of countries where we operate has been increasing, and we may need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

51


Table of Contents

 

If we are required to seek funding, such funding may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.

We may need to obtain funding due to a number of factors beyond our control, including a shortfall in revenue, increased expenses, final adverse judgments in litigation matters, increased investment in capital equipment or the acquisition of significant businesses or technologies. We believe that our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities classified as current plus cash from operations will be sufficient to fund our operations and proposed capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. However, we may need or desire funding before such time. If we do need to obtain funding, it may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funding, our business would be harmed. Even if we were able to find outside funding sources, we might be required to issue securities in a transaction that could be highly dilutive to our investors or we may be required to issue securities with greater rights than the securities we have outstanding today. We might also be required to take other actions that could lessen the value of our common stock, including borrowing money on terms that are not favorable to us. If we are unable to generate or raise capital that is sufficient to fund our operations, we may be required to curtail operations, reduce our capabilities or cease operations in certain jurisdictions or completely.

Our business requires the continued development of effective business support systems to support our customer growth and related services.

The growth of our business depends on our ability to continue to develop effective business support systems. This is a complicated undertaking requiring significant resources and expertise. Business support systems are needed for:

 

   

implementing customer orders for services;

 

   

delivering these services; and

 

   

timely billing for these services.

Because our business plan provides for continued growth in the number of customers that we serve and services offered, there is a need to continue to develop our business support systems on a schedule sufficient to meet proposed service rollout dates. The failure to continue to develop effective business support systems could harm our ability to implement our business plans and meet our financial goals and objectives.

Changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and affect our reported results of operations.

A change in accounting standards or practices can have a significant effect on our operating results and may affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of existing accounting pronouncements have occurred and may occur in the future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business. For example, our adoption of ASC 718 (formerly FAS 123R) in 2006 has increased the amount of stock-based compensation expense we record. This, in turn, has impacted our results of operations for the periods since this adoption and has made it more difficult to evaluate our recent financial results relative to prior periods.

We have incurred, and will continue to incur significantly increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management is required to devote substantial time to compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we have incurred, and will continue to incur, significant accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. These expenses include increased accounting, legal and other professional fees, insurance premiums, investor relations costs, and costs associated with compensating our independent directors. In addition, the Frank-Dodd Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq Global Market, imposes additional requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. For example, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market require that we satisfy certain corporate governance requirements relating to independent directors, audit committees, distribution of annual and interim reports, stockholder meetings, stockholder approvals, solicitation of proxies, conflicts of interest, stockholder voting rights and codes of conduct. Our management and other personnel need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, these rules and regulations make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to identify and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

 

52


Table of Contents

 

Failure to effectively expand our sales and marketing capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our services.

Increasing our customer base and achieving broader market acceptance of our services will depend to a significant extent on our ability to expand our sales and marketing operations. Historically, we have concentrated our sales force at our headquarters in Tempe, Arizona. However, we are also building a field sales force to augment our sales efforts and to bring our sales personnel closer to our current and potential customers. Developing such a field sales force has been and will continue to be expensive and we have limited knowledge in developing and operating a widely dispersed sales force. As a result, we may not be successful in developing an effective sales force, which could cause our results of operations to suffer.

We believe that there is significant competition for both inside and direct sales personnel with the sales skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve significant growth in revenue in the future will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of inside and direct sales personnel. We have expanded our sales and marketing personnel from a total of 13 at December 31, 2004 to 121 at December 31, 2007, to 140 at December 31, 2009. As of September 30, 2010, we had 225 sales and marketing personnel. New hires require significant training and, in most cases, take a significant period of time before they achieve full productivity. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as we would like, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future in the markets where we do business. Our business will be seriously harmed if these expansion efforts do not generate a corresponding significant increase in revenue.

If the accounting estimates we make, and the assumptions on which we rely, in preparing our financial statements prove inaccurate, our actual results may be adversely affected.

Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments about, among other things, taxes, revenue recognition, share-based compensation costs, contingent obligations and doubtful accounts. These estimates and judgments affect the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, the amounts of charges accrued by us, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances and at the time they are made. If our estimates or the assumptions underlying them are not correct, we may need to accrue additional charges or reduce the value of assets that could adversely affect our results of operations, investors may lose confidence in our ability to manage our business and our stock price could decline.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our limited operating history makes evaluating our business and future prospects difficult, and may increase the risk of your investment.

Our Company has only been in existence since 2001. A significant amount of our growth, in terms of employees, operations and revenue, has occurred. For example, our revenue has grown from $5.0 million in 2003 to $65.2 million in 2006 to $131.7 million in 2009. As a consequence, we have a limited operating history which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and our future prospects. We have encountered, and will continue to encounter, risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, such as the risks described in this report on Form 10-Q. If we do not address these risks successfully, our business will be harmed.

The trading price of our common stock has been, and is likely to continue to be, volatile.

The trading prices of our common stock and the securities of technology companies generally have been highly volatile. Factors affecting the trading price of our common stock will include:

 

   

variations in our operating results;

 

   

announcements of technological innovations, new services or service enhancements, strategic alliances or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

 

   

commencement or resolution of, our involvement in and uncertainties arising from, litigation, particularly our current litigation with Akamai and MIT, Level 3 Communications, and our Securities Litigation matter;

 

   

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

   

changes in the estimates of our operating results or changes in recommendations by any securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

   

the gain or loss of significant customers;

 

   

market conditions in our industry, the industries of our customers and the economy as a whole; and

 

   

adoption or modification of regulations, policies, procedures or programs applicable to our business.

 

53


Table of Contents

 

In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion or report, our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Insiders have substantial control over us and will be able to influence corporate matters.

As of September 30, 2010, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates beneficially owned, in the aggregate, approximately 49% of our outstanding common stock, including approximately 31% beneficially owned by investment entities affiliated with Goldman, Sachs & Co. These stockholders are able to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentration of ownership could limit other stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a third party from acquiring control over us.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws:

 

   

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt;

 

   

provide for a classified board of directors, as a result of which the successors to the directors whose terms have expired will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election;

 

   

require that directors only be removed from office for cause and only upon a majority stockholder vote;

 

   

provide that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office;

 

   

limit who may call special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders; and

 

   

require supermajority stockholder voting to effect certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

 

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

On July 30, 2010, we issued 335,195 shares of our common stock to certain stockholders of Delve Networks, Inc. (Delve) in connection with and as partial consideration for our acquisition of all of the outstanding capital stock of Delve. The aggregate consideration also consisted of approximately $2.8 million of cash. The fair value of the common stock issued as consideration was approximately $1.4 million. The sale of such securities was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. There were no more than 35 purchasers issued securities in the transaction, and each purchaser was an accredited investor, as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act, or represented that such purchaser had such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters either alone or together with a qualified representative that such purchaser was capable of evaluating the merits and risks of accepting and owning the securities issued in the transaction.

On June 7, 2007, our registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-141516) was declared effective in connection with our initial public offering. The offering closed on June 13, 2007, and, as a result, we received net proceeds of approximately $203.9 million after underwriters’ discounts and commissions of approximately $15.6 million and additional offering-related costs of approximately $4.0 million.

 

54


Table of Contents

 

In June 2007, we used $23.8 million of the net proceeds to repay the outstanding balance of our credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank. We expect to use the remaining net proceeds for acquisitions of companies complementary to our core CDN business, capital expenditures, working capital and other general corporate purposes. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, we made capital expenditures of $25.4 million and expect aggregate capital expenditures of approximately 16% to 18% of total revenue in 2010. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to fund acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or technologies. In July 2010, we acquired Delve Networks, Inc. for which we used approximately $2.8 million, net of cash acquired and could use an additional $1.2 million if certain financial targets are achieved. On April 30, 2010 we acquired EyeWonder, Inc. for which we used approximately $62.0 million in cash and in January 2010 we acquired chors GmbH, for which we used approximately $2.0 million, net of cash acquired and could use an additional $0.3 million if specific financial targets are achieved during 2010. Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of short-term, interest-bearing, investment grade securities. Depending upon the final outcome of pending litigation a portion of the net proceeds may be used to satisfy a final damages judgment, if any.

 

ITEM 3. DEFAULT UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

Not applicable

 

ITEM 4. REMOVED AND RESERVED

 

ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable

 

55


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

 

          Incorporated by Reference  

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

   Form      File No.      Exhibit      Filing
Date
     Provided
Herewith
 
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.      S-1         333-141516         3.2         5/21/07      
3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.      S-1         333-141516         3.4         3/22/07      
10.31    Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Michael M. Gordon dated as of July 8, 2010.      8-K         001-33508         99.1         7/14/10      
10.32    Standard Office Lease between the Registrant and GateWay Tempe LLC dated as of July 20, 2010.                  X   
31.01    Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a).                  X   
31.02    Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a).                  X   
32.01    Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(b).*                  X   
32.02    Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(b).*                  X   

 

* This certification is not deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that Limelight Networks, Inc. specifically incorporates it by reference.

 

56


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

    LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
Date: November 5, 2010       By:  

  /s/ Douglas S. Lindroth

          Douglas S. Lindroth
          Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
          (Principal Financial Officer)

 

57


Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

          Incorporated by Reference  

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

   Form      File No.      Exhibit      Filing
Date
     Provided
Herewith
 
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.      S-1         333-141516         3.2         5/21/07      
3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.      S-1         333-141516         3.4         3/22/07      
10.31    Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Michael M. Gordon dated as of July 8, 2010.      8-K         001-33508         99.1         7/14/10      
10.32    Standard Office Lease between the Registrant and GateWay Tempe LLC dated as of July 20, 2010.                  X   
31.01    Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a).                  X   
31.02    Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a).                  X   
32.01    Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(b).*                  X   
32.02    Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(b).*                  X   

 

* This certification is not deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that Limelight Networks, Inc. specifically incorporates it by reference.

 

Exhibit 10.32

STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

This Standard Office Lease (“ Lease ”) is made and entered into as of this 20 th day of July, 2010, by and between GATEWAY TEMPE LLC, a Washington limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises described as the entire seventh and eighth floors of the Project (as defined below), as designated on the plan attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit “A” (“ Premises ”), of the project (“ Project ”) commonly known as Tempe Gateway whose address is 222 South Mill Avenue, Tempe, Arizona 85281, as legally described on Exhibit “A-1” attached hereto, for the Term and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

A. Initial Term:    Eight (8) years
     Estimated Commencement Date:    March 15, 2011
     Estimated Expiration Date:    March 31, 2019
B. Square Footage:    64,411 rentable square feet, subject to the terms of Article 2 below.
C. Basic Rental:   

 

Period In Lease Years*

   Annual
Basic Rental
     Monthly
Basic Rental
     Annual Basic Rental
Per Rentable Square Foot
 

1

   $ 0.00       $ 0.00       $ 0.00   

2

   $ 1,375,000.00       $ 114,583.33       $ 25.00 ** 

3

   $ 1,610,275.00       $ 134,189.58       $ 25.00   

4-6

   $ 1,706,891.50       $ 142,240.95       $ 26.50   

7-8

   $ 1,803,508.00       $ 150,292.33       $ 28.00   

 

*

For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Lease Year ” shall mean each successive twelve (12) month period with the First Lease Year commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring on the last day of the twelfth (12 th ) full calendar month thereafter.

** Basic Rental for the Second Lease Year will be calculated using 55,000 rentable square feet, notwithstanding the actual size of the Premises. The first month’s Monthly Basic Rental for the Second Lease year shall be $0.

 

D. Expense Stop:    $6.50
E. Tenant’s Proportionate Share:    24.40%
F. Security Deposit:    None
G. Permitted Use:    General office, data center, and network operations center (“ NOC ”), consistent with the nature of the Project as a first-class office project.
H. Brokers:   

CB Richard Ellis, Inc. on behalf of Landlord;

 

Ross Brown Partners on behalf of Tenant.

 

-1-


 

I. Parking:    Tenant shall rent four (4) parking spaces for each 1,000 rentable square feet contained in the Premises, upon the terms and conditions and at the rate provided in Article 23 hereof.
J. Initial Installment of Basic Rental:    The first full month’s Basic Rental plus applicable Rental Tax shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord upon the full execution hereof, which installment shall be credited to the 14 th month of the Term hereof.

ARTICLE 2

TERM/PREMISES

The Term of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall end on the last day of the month in which the eighth (8 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs. The term “ Commencement Date ” shall mean the date when all of the following have occurred: (i) all of the Tenant Improvements to be constructed by Landlord have been substantially completed in accordance with the provisions of the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit “D” (the “ Work Letter ”), subject only to the completion of minor punch list items that will not materially interfere with Tenant’s use and operation of the Premises for Tenant’s Permitted Use, (ii) a certificate of occupancy and/or a conditional use permit or other such document has been issued for the Premises by the applicable governing authority, if required, and (iii) Landlord has delivered the Premises to Tenant. If Landlord does not deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Estimated Commencement Date (as set forth in Article 1.A, above), Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for its failure to do so, and such failure shall not affect the validity of this Lease nor the obligations of Tenant hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Commencement Date has not occurred on or before May 1, 2011 (subject to delay by Force Majeure (not to exceed 60 days) and any Tenant Delay) (the “ Outside Date ”), Tenant, as its sole remedy, shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord at any time prior to the occurrence of the Commencement Date. If Tenant so terminates the Lease, any amounts previously paid by Tenant to Landlord shall be returned to Tenant and the parties shall have no further obligations hereunder. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Tenant Delay ” shall mean any delay resulting from (i) Tenant’s failure to meet any time deadlines established herein, (ii) submission by Tenant of a request for any change order(s), or (iii) any other delay arising from the act or omission of Tenant. In the event of any Tenant Delay, the Commencement Date shall be deemed to have occurred on the day it would otherwise have occurred absent a Tenant Delay, and the Outside Date shall be postponed on a day-for-day basis. The rentable area of the Premises has been determined in accordance with “American National Standard ASNI/BOMA Z65.1-2010: Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings” issued by the Building Owners and Managers Association International (“ BOMA Standard ”) to be 64,411 rentable square feet. If Landlord converts a portion of the first floor to a great room, meeting room, or other similar tenant amenity, the Premises and Building shall be re-measured pursuant to the BOMA Standard and the Premises size and Proportionate Share shall be adjusted. Landlord may deliver to Tenant a Commencement Letter in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit “C” , which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within ten (10) business days after receipt thereof. Failure of Tenant to timely execute and deliver the Commencement Letter shall constitute acknowledgment by Tenant that the statements included in such notice are true and correct, without exception. In addition to the Premises, Tenant shall have the right to use, in common with all other tenants of the Project, all portions of the Project not designated for the exclusive use of Tenants, including, without limitation, entrances and exits, hallways, stairways, elevators, restrooms, and parking areas (collectively, the “ Common Areas ”).

ARTICLE 3

RENTAL

(a) Basic Rental . Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord during the Term hereof, at Landlord’s office or to such other person or at such other place as directed from time to time by written notice to Tenant from Landlord, the monthly and annual sums as set forth in Article 1.C.

 

-2-


of the Basic Lease Provisions, plus applicable Rental Tax, which amounts are payable in advance on the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month, without demand, setoff or deduction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Basic Rental and applicable Rental Tax for the fourteenth month of the Term shall be paid to Landlord in accordance with Article 1.J. of the Basic Lease Provisions upon execution of this Lease by Tenant.

(b) Increase in Direct Costs . The term “ Expense Stop ” means the dollar amount per rentable square foot in the Premises set forth in Article 1.D. of the Basic Lease Provisions. If, in any calendar year during the Term of this Lease, the “Direct Costs” (as hereinafter defined) paid or incurred by Landlord shall be higher than the Expense Stop, Tenant shall pay an additional sum for each such calendar year equal to the number of rentable square feet in the Premises multiplied by such increased amount of “Direct Costs.” In the event this Lease shall terminate on any date other than the last day of a calendar year, the additional sum payable hereunder by Tenant during the calendar year in which this Lease terminates shall be prorated on the basis of the relationship which the number of days which have elapsed from the commencement of said calendar year to and including said date on which this Lease terminates bears to three hundred sixty five (365). Any and all amounts due and payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease (other than Basic Rental), except for any amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord under the Work Letter, shall be deemed “ Additional Rent ” and Landlord shall be entitled to exercise the same rights and remedies upon default in these payments as Landlord is entitled to exercise with respect to defaults in monthly Basic Rental payments. Basic Rental and Additional Rent may be collectively referred to herein as “ Rent ”. At the same time as any payment of Rent is to be made by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall also pay any and all rental taxes, gross receipts taxes, transaction privilege taxes, sales taxes, and/or similar taxes levied currently or in the future on the Rent amount then due or otherwise assessed in connection with the rental activity then occurring (collectively, “ Rental Tax ”).

(c) Definitions . As used herein the term “ Direct Costs ” shall mean the sum of the following:

(i) “ Tax Costs ”, which shall mean any and all real estate taxes, lease excise taxes, payments in lieu of taxes, and other similar charges on real property or improvements, assessments, water and sewer charges, and all other charges assessed, reassessed or levied upon the Project and appurtenances thereto and the parking or other facilities thereof, or the real property thereunder (collectively the “ Real Property ”) or attributable thereto or on the rents, issues, profits or income received or derived therefrom which are assessed, reassessed or levied by the United States, the State of Arizona, any applicable county within the State of Arizona, any applicable city, town or other local government authority within the State of Arizona, and/or any other agency or political subdivision of the State of Arizona, and shall include Landlord’s reasonable legal fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings for reduction of Tax Costs or any part thereof; provided, however, if at any time after the date of this Lease the methods of taxation now prevailing shall be altered so that in lieu of or as a supplement to or a substitute for the whole or any part of any Tax Costs, there shall be assessed, reassessed or levied (a) a tax, assessment, reassessment, levy, imposition or charge wholly or partially as a net income, capital or franchise levy or otherwise on the rents, issues, profits or income derived therefrom, or (b) a tax, assessment, reassessment, levy (including but not limited to any municipal, state or federal levy), imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon the Real Property and imposed upon Landlord, then except to the extent such items are payable by Tenant under Article 6 below, such taxes, assessments, reassessments or levies or the part thereof so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included in the term “Direct Costs.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Prime Lease (as defined below) is terminated due to failure of Landlord to comply with the Prime Lease, and the termination causes the Tax Costs to increase over the amount of the Tax Costs immediately prior to such termination, the Expense Stop shall be increased to reflect the increase in Tax Costs in the first calendar year or portion thereof affected by such increase. Further, if the Prime Lease is terminated due to a reason other than Landlord’s failure to comply with the Prime Lease (or expiration of the Prime Lease term), and the termination causes the Tax Costs to increase over the amount of the Tax Costs immediately prior to such termination, the Expense Stop shall be increased to reflect 50% of the increase in Tax Costs in the first calendar year or portion thereof affected by such increase.

(ii) “ Operating Costs ”, which shall mean all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the maintenance, operation, replacement, ownership and repair of the Project, the equipment, the intrabuilding cabling and wiring, adjacent walks, malls and

 

-3-


landscaped and Common Areas and the parking structure, areas and facilities of the Project. Operating Costs shall include but not be limited to, city permit fees, parking management, salaries, wages, medical, surgical and general welfare benefits and pension payments, payroll taxes, fringe benefits, employment taxes, workers’ compensation, uniforms and dry cleaning thereof for all employees, independent contractors, agents, invitees or guests who perform duties connected with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Project, its equipment, the intrabuilding cabling and wiring and the adjacent walks and landscaped areas, including janitorial, gardening, security, operating, engineering, painting, plumbing, electrical, carpentry, heating, ventilation, air conditioning and window washing; hired services; a reasonable allowance for depreciation of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project; accountant’s fees incurred in the preparation of rent adjustment statements; legal fees; real estate tax consulting fees; personal property taxes on property used in the maintenance and operation of the Project; fees, costs, expenses or dues payable pursuant to the terms of any covenants, conditions or restrictions or owners’ association pertaining to the Project; capital expenditures incurred to effect economies of operation of, or stability of services to, the Project and capital expenditures required due to changes in any Applicable Laws (as defined below), whether by enactment, repeal or change in interpretation, after the Commencement Date provided, however, that capital expenditure included in Operating Costs shall be amortized (with interest at the rate of the lesser of (1) U.S. Bank National Association Prime Rate plus two percent (2%) per annum, or (2) ten percent (10%) per annum) over its useful life; costs incurred (capital or otherwise) on a regular recurring basis every three (3) or more years for certain maintenance projects (e.g., parking lot slurry coat or replacement of lobby and elevator cab carpeting); costs incurred (capital or otherwise) in order for the Project, or any portion thereof, to maintain its current certification pursuant to the Green Globe certification standards promulgated by Green Globe International, Inc. (“Green Globe”), including, without limitation, costs of managing, reporting and commissioning the Project or any part thereof that was designed and/or built to be compliant with Green Globe standards; the cost of all charges for electricity, gas, water and other utilities furnished to the Project, and any taxes thereon; the cost of all charges for fire and extended coverage, liability and all other reasonable insurance coverages in connection with the Project carried by Landlord; the cost of all building and cleaning supplies and materials; the commercially reasonable cost of all charges for cleaning, maintenance and service contracts and other services with independent contractors and administration fees; a commercially reasonable property management fee (which fee may be imputed if Landlord has internalized management or otherwise acts as its own property manager) and license, permit and inspection fees relating to the Project. In the event, during any calendar year, the Project is less than ninety-five percent (95%) occupied, Operating Costs shall be adjusted to reflect the Operating Costs of the Project as though ninety-five percent (95%) were occupied, and the increase or decrease in the sums owed hereunder shall be based upon such Operating Costs as so adjusted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Costs shall not include the following:

 

  (1) Any costs or expenses for which Landlord is reimbursed or indemnified (whether by an insurer, condemnor, tenant or otherwise);

 

  (2) Overhead and administrative costs of Landlord not directly incurred in the operation and maintenance of the Project;

 

  (3) Depreciation or amortization of the Project or its contents or components;

 

  (4) Contributions to Operating Cost reserves;

 

  (5) Capital expenditures including rentals and any other related expenses incurred in leasing capital items, except to the extent permitted above in this Section 3(c)(ii);

 

  (6) Expenses for the preparation of space or other work which Landlord performs for any tenant or prospective tenant of the Project;

 

  (7) Expenses for repairs or other work which is caused by fire, windstorm, casualty or any other insurable occurrence, including costs subject to Landlord’s insurance deductible, to the extent such deductible exceeds $50,000.00;

 

-4-


  (8) Expenses incurred in leasing or obtaining new tenants or retaining existing tenants, including leasing commissions, legal expenses, advertising, entertaining or promotion;

 

  (9) Interest, amortization or other costs, including legal fees, associated with any mortgage, loan or refinancing of the Project or any Common Areas, transfer or recordation taxes and other charges in connection with the transfer of ownership in the Project, land trust fees, and rental due under any ground lease relating to the property on which the Project is located;

 

  (10) Expenses incurred for any necessary replacement of any item to the extent that it is covered under warranty, and the cost of correcting defects in the construction of the Project or any Common Areas; provided, however, that repairs resulting from ordinary wear and tear shall not be deemed to be defects;

 

  (11) The cost of any item or service which Tenant separately reimburses Landlord or pays to third parties, or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants of the Project, other than Tenant, whether or not Landlord is reimbursed by such other tenant(s). This category shall include the actual cost of any special electrical, heating, ventilation or air conditioning required by any tenant that exceeds normal building standards or is required during times other than the standard business hours stated in this Lease;

 

  (12) Accounting and legal fees relating to the ownership, construction, leasing, sale of or relating to any litigation in any way involving the Project, or any Common Areas, or to the enforcement of the terms of any lease;

 

  (13) Any interest or penalty incurred due to the late payment of any Operating Cost and/or Tax Cost;

 

  (14) The cost of correcting any applicable building or fire code violation(s) or violations of any other Applicable Law relating to the Project, or any Common Areas, and/or the cost of any penalty or fine incurred for noncompliance with the same, and any costs incurred to test, survey, cleanup, contain, abate or remove any environmental or Hazardous Materials or materials, including asbestos containing materials from the Project or any Common Areas or to remedy any breach or violation of any Environmental Laws. To the extent any of the foregoing are the result of any act or omission of any of the Tenant Parties or any of their agents, guests, invitees or contractors (“Tenant Responsible Parties”), such costs shall be governed by Article 28 hereof;

 

  (15) Any personal property taxes of the Landlord for equipment or items not used directly in the operation or maintenance of the Project, nor connected therewith;

 

  (16) Any costs or expenses for sculpture, paintings, or other works of art, including costs incurred with respect to the purchase, ownership, leasing, repair, and/or maintenance of such works of art;

 

  (17) All expenses to the extent resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of the Landlord, its agents, servants or other employees;

 

  (18) All bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserve for bad debt or rent loss;

 

  (19) Payroll and payroll related expenses for any employees in commercial concessions operated by the Landlord;

 

  (20) The cost of installing, operating, and maintaining any building amenity or special facility such as a health club; and

 

  (21) Any expenditures made more than eighteen (18) months prior to submission of demand.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the aggregate Controllable Operating Costs, as that term is defined below, shall not increase more than five

 

-5-


percent (5%) in any calendar year over the amount of Controllable Operating Costs chargeable for the immediately preceding calendar year, on a non-cumulative basis. “ Controllable Operating Costs ” shall mean all Direct Costs except Tax Costs, utility charges, insurance charges, costs of services provided under a union contract, payments under any parking agreement, CC&R’s or to an owners’ association, and costs associated with repairs due to casualty, vandalism or other damage outside of Landlord’s reasonable control.

(d) Determination of Payment .

(i) If for any calendar year ending or commencing within the Term, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the actual cost of the Direct Costs for such calendar year exceeds the Expense Stop, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Sections 3(d)(ii) and (iii), below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the excess (the “ Excess ”).

(ii) Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”), which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of the total amount of Direct Costs for the then-current calendar year. The estimated Excess (the “ Estimated Excess ”) shall be calculated by comparing Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the actual cost of the Direct Costs for such calendar year, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to the Expense Stop. Any delay by Landlord in furnishing the Estimate Statement for any calendar year shall not preclude Landlord from subsequently enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Excess under this Article 3, once such Estimated Excess has been determined by Landlord. If pursuant to the Estimate Statement an Estimated Excess is calculated for the then-current calendar year, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Monthly Basic Rental due, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current calendar year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 3(d)(ii)). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current calendar year to the month of such payment, both months inclusive, and shall have twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished, Tenant shall pay monthly, with the Monthly Basic Rental installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

(iii) In addition, Landlord shall give to Tenant following the end of each calendar year, a statement (the “ Statement ”) which shall include (a) the amount, if any, by which the Direct Costs for the subject year exceed the Direct Costs for the prior year, (b) a reconciliation of Tenant’s impound accounts of monies collected in advance by Landlord based Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Proportionate Share, and (c) the actual Direct Costs for the subject year broken down by component expenses. Upon receipt of the Statement for each calendar year during the Term, if amounts paid by Tenant as Estimated Excess are less than the actual Excess as specified on the Statement, Tenant shall pay, within ten (10) business days, the full amount of the Excess for such calendar year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such calendar year as Estimated Excess. If, however, the Statement indicates that amounts paid by Tenant as Estimated Excess are greater than the actual Excess as specified on the Statement, such overpayment shall be credited against Tenant’s next installments of Estimated Excess or paid by Landlord to Tenant at the time of delivery of the Statement if the Lease is then terminated or expired. Any delay by Landlord in furnishing the Statement for any calendar year shall not prejudice Landlord from enforcing its rights under this Article 3, once such Statement has been delivered. Even though the Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Direct Costs for the calendar year in which this Lease terminates, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) business days an amount as calculated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3(d). The provisions of this Section 3(d)(iii) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

(iv) Landlord shall maintain books and records of all Direct Costs. If requested by Tenant within ninety (90) days after Tenant’s receipt of a Statement, Landlord shall permit Tenant to audit Landlord’s Statement for the annual period covered by such Statement. If Tenant elects to audit such books and records, Tenant shall perform such audit using an employee of a certified public accounting firm or an employee of Tenant. Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant, and any deficiency or overpayment disclosed by such audit shall be paid or refunded, as the case may be, within thirty (30) days after completion of the audit. If any such audit discloses that the Direct Costs reflected on Landlord’s Statement were overstated by more than five percent (5%) of the actual Direct Costs for the subject year, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable costs of such audit.

 

-6-


 

ARTICLE 4

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Tenant has deposited or concurrently herewith is depositing with Landlord the sum set forth in Article 1.F. of the Basic Lease Provisions as security for the full and faithful performance of every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. If Tenant breaches any provision of this Lease, including but not limited to the payment of rent, Landlord may use all or any part of this security deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sums in default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of said deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the security deposit to its full amount. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be required to keep the security deposit in trust, segregate it or keep it separate from Landlord’s general funds, but Landlord may commingle the security deposit with its general funds and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit. At the expiration of the Term, and provided there exists no default by Tenant hereunder, the security deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to Tenant’s “Transferee”, as such term is defined in Article 15 below), provided that subsequent to the expiration of this Lease, Landlord may retain from said security deposit (i) an amount reasonably estimated by Landlord to cover potential Direct Cost reconciliation payments due with respect to the calendar year in which this Lease terminates or expires, (ii) any and all amounts reasonably estimated by Landlord to cover the anticipated costs to be incurred by Landlord to remove any signage provided to Tenant under this Lease, to remove cabling and other items required to be removed by Tenant under Section 29(b) below and to repair any damage caused by such removal (in which case any excess amount so retained by Landlord shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such removal and repair), (iii) amounts required to cure defaults or make Landlord whole, or (iv) any and all amounts permitted by law or this Article 4. Tenant hereby waives any provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified in this Article 4 above, and all of Landlord’s damages under this Lease and Arizona law including, but not limited to, any damages accruing upon termination of this Lease and/or those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the acts or omissions of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent, contractor or invitee of Tenant.

ARTICLE 5

HOLDING OVER

Should Tenant, without Landlord’s written consent, hold over after termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, become a month-to-month tenant upon each and all of the terms herein provided as may be applicable to such a tenancy and any such holding over shall not constitute an extension of this Lease. During such holding over, Tenant shall pay in advance, monthly, Basic Rental at a rate equal to one and one-half times the rate in effect for the last month of the Term of this Lease, in addition to, and not in lieu of, all other payments required to be made by Tenant hereunder including but not limited to the Excess over the Expense Stop. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to hold over in the Premises for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days, on a month-to-month basis and at a Base Rental equal to that payable for the last month of the term prior to the holdover period. Nothing contained in this Article 5 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over of the Premises by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all costs, loss, expense or liability, including without limitation, claims made by any succeeding tenant and real estate brokers claims and attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

-7-


 

ARTICLE 6

OTHER TAXES

Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against or levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property of Tenant located in the Premises. In the event any or all of Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and other personal property shall be assessed and taxed with property of Landlord, or if the cost or value of any leasehold improvements in the Premises exceeds the cost or value of a Project-standard buildout as determined by Landlord and, as a result, real property taxes for the Project are increased, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) business days after delivery to Tenant by Landlord of a written statement setting forth such amount, the amount of such taxes applicable to Tenant’s property or above-standard improvements. Tenant shall assume and pay to Landlord at the time Basic Rental next becomes due (or if assessed after the expiration of the Term, then within ten (10) business days), any excise, sales, use, rent, occupancy, garage, parking, gross receipts or other taxes (other than net income taxes) which may be assessed against or levied upon Landlord on account of the letting of the Premises or the payment of Basic Rental or any other sums due or payable hereunder, and which Landlord may be required to pay or collect under any law now in effect or hereafter enacted, whether or not currently contemplated. In addition to Tenant’s obligation pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall pay directly to the party or entity entitled thereto all business license fees, gross receipts taxes and similar taxes and impositions which may from time to time be assessed against or levied upon Tenant, as and when the same become due and at least twenty (20) days before delinquency. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any sums payable by Tenant under this Article 6 shall not be included in the computation of “Tax Costs.”

ARTICLE 7

USE

Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises only for the uses set forth in Article 1.G. of the Basic Lease Provisions and shall not use or occupy the Premises or permit the same to be used or occupied for any other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and Tenant agrees that it will use the Premises in such a manner so as not to interfere with or infringe upon the rights of other tenants or occupants in the Project. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, governmental regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereafter be in force relating to or affecting (i) the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises or the Project (excluding structural changes to the Project not related to Tenant’s particular use of the Premises), and (ii) improvements installed or constructed in the Premises by or for the benefit of Tenant. Tenant shall not permit more than six and one-half (6.5) people per one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of the Premises to occupy the Premises at any time. Tenant may use a portion of the Premises as a lunchroom for Tenant’s employees only (and not the general public), provided that Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior approval to all electronic kitchen equipment to be used in the Premises (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), shall comply with Landlord’s insurers requirements with respect to the use and operation of such lunchroom, and shall not generate unreasonable or offensive odors from the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may use one or more food and beverage refrigerators or coolers, microwave ovens, soup warmers, toasters, toaster ovens, Panini presses, meat slicers and George Foreman™ type grills without the consent of Landlord. In addition, the kitchen equipment included in the Tenant Improvements shall be deemed approved by Landlord. Tenant shall be prohibited from using or installing deep fryers, commercial ovens, open flame or similar cooktops or any other kitchen equipment that would necessitate the use of a grease trap or hood in the Premises or generate odors inconsistent with a first-class office building. All use of kitchen equipment shall be consistent with food safety regulations. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything in violation of this Lease which would invalidate or increase the cost of any fire and extended coverage insurance policy covering the Project and/or the property located therein and Tenant shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of any organization which sets out standards, requirements or recommendations commonly referred to by major fire insurance underwriters, and Tenant shall, upon demand reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charges for any such insurance policy assessed or increased by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article 7.

 

-8-


 

ARTICLE 8

CONDITION OF PREMISES; LANDLORD’S REPRESENTATIONS

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Work Letter, Tenant hereby agrees that the Premises shall be taken “as is”, “with all faults”, “without any representations or warranties”, and Tenant hereby agrees and warrants that it has investigated and inspected the condition of the Premises and the suitability of same for Tenant’s purposes, and Tenant does hereby waive and disclaim any objection to, cause of action based upon, or claim that its obligations hereunder should be reduced or limited because of the condition of the Premises or the Project or the suitability of same for Tenant’s purposes. Tenant acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided herein, neither Landlord nor any agent nor any employee of Landlord has made any representations or warranty with respect to the Premises or the Project or with respect to the suitability of either for the conduct of Tenant’s business and Tenant expressly warrants and represents that Tenant has relied solely on its own investigation and inspection of the Premises and the Project in its decision to enter into this Lease and let the Premises in the above-described condition. Nothing contained herein is intended to, nor shall, obligate Landlord to implement sustainability practices for the Project or to seek certification under, or make modifications in order to obtain, a certification from LEED or any other comparable certification,

(b) Landlord represents and warrants to and covenants with Tenant as follows:

(i) Landlord has received no notice that the Project (inclusive of the Premises) currently is not in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances and local codes, including, without limitation, O.S.H.A. rules and regulations governing asbestos and asbestos containing materials and the Americans with Disabilities Act and/or any comparable state statute (“ Applicable Laws ”). Landlord has received no notice that the Project violates any private covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project (the “ Deed Restrictions ”), copies of which have been given to Tenant.

(ii) Following the date of this Lease, Landlord will not record against the Project or the Premises, or otherwise subject the Project or the Premises to, any restrictions, agreements, encumbrances, liens, easements or rights which are reasonably expected to (i) prevent or impair the use of the Premises for the purposes permitted in this Lease or (ii) materially conflict with or diminish the rights herein granted to Tenant.

(iii) To the extent the Project, as of the date of this Lease, is not in compliance with current Applicable Laws or the Deed Restrictions, Landlord shall be responsible for bringing the Project into compliance with such Applicable Laws and Deed Restrictions at Landlord’s sole cost. In the event of a change in Applicable Laws after the Commencement Date that requires Landlord perform any alterations in or about the Project, Landlord shall perform such alterations and the cost thereof shall be an Operating Cost to the extent permitted in Article 3 above.

ARTICLE 9

REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS

(a) Landlord’s Obligations . Landlord shall maintain, in first-class condition and repair, the structural portions of the Project, including the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof, curtain wall, exterior glass, columns, beams, shafts, stairs, stairwells, elevator cabs and Common Areas, and shall also maintain and repair the basic mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler systems and heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems; provided, however, that Landlord’s obligation with respect to any such systems shall be to repair and maintain those portions of the systems located in the core of the Project or in other areas outside of the Premises, but Tenant shall be responsible to repair and maintain any distribution of such systems throughout the Premises.

(b) Tenant’s Obligations . Except as expressly provided as Landlord’s obligation in this Article 9, Tenant shall keep the Premises in first-class condition and repair and in compliance with Landlord’s sustainability practices including, without limitation, compliance with the Green Globe rating system applicable to the Project. All damage or injury to the Premises or the Project resulting from the act or negligence of Tenant, its employees, agents or

 

-9-


visitors, guests, invitees or licensees or by the use of the Premises, shall be promptly repaired by Tenant at its sole cost and expense, to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord; provided, however, that for damage to the Project as a result of casualty or for any repairs that may impact the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilation or air-conditioning systems of the Project, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to select the contractor and oversee all such repairs. Landlord may make any repairs which are not promptly made by Tenant after any applicable notice and cure period and charge Tenant for the cost thereof, plus ten percent (10%) to defray Landlord’s administrative costs, which costs shall be paid by Tenant within ten (10) business days from invoice from Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for the design and function of all non-standard improvements of the Premises, whether or not installed by Landlord at Tenant’s request. Tenant waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Landlord, or to deduct the cost thereof from the Rent.

(c) Alterations . Tenant shall make no alterations, installations, changes or additions in or to the Premises or the Project that affect the building systems (including, without limitation, the mechanical, electrical, structural, plumbing or roofing systems) (collectively, “ Alterations ”) without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant may, upon prior notice to Landlord but without the requirement of obtaining Landlord consent, perform alterations in the Premises that do not affect any of the building systems (“ Permitted Alterations ”). It is mutually agreed that Tenant may install a security system serving the Premises, but that such system impacts the other building systems and is therefore subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Any Alterations approved by Landlord must be performed in accordance with the terms hereof, using only contractors or mechanics reasonably approved by Landlord in writing and upon the approval by Landlord in writing of fully detailed and dimensioned plans and specifications pertaining to the Alterations in question, to be prepared and submitted by Tenant at its sole cost and expense. Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense obtain all necessary approvals and permits pertaining to any Alterations approved by Landlord. Tenant shall cause all Alterations and Permitted Alterations to be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with all applicable federal, state, county and municipal laws, rules and regulations, pursuant to a valid building permit, and in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations. If Landlord, in approving any Alterations, specifies a commencement date therefor, Tenant shall not commence any work with respect to such Alterations prior to such date. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord free and harmless from all liens and claims of lien, and all other liability, claims and demands arising out of any work done or material supplied to the Premises by or at the request of Tenant in connection with any Alterations or Permitted Alterations.

(d) Insurance; Liens . Prior to the commencement of any Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood that all such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 14 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain a letter of credit, or some other evidence demonstrating Tenant’s ability to pay for such Alterations, satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such letter of credit (or other evidence) shall be required for Permitted Alterations or Alterations which are estimated to cost less than $250,000.00 on a per project basis.

(e) Costs and Fees; Removal . If permitted Alterations are made, they shall be made at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall be and become the property of Landlord, except that Landlord may, if requested by Tenant and by written notice to Tenant given at the time such consent is granted, or if no consent is required, within twenty (20) days after Landlord receives notice of such Alterations, require Tenant at Tenant’s expense to remove such Alterations from the Premises, and to repair any damage to the Premises and the Project caused by such removal. Any and all costs attributable to or related to the applicable building codes of the city in which the Project is located (or any other authority having jurisdiction over the Project) arising from Tenant’s plans, specifications, improvements, Alterations or otherwise shall be paid by Tenant at its sole cost and expense. With regard to repairs, Alterations or any other work arising from or related to this Article 9, Landlord shall be entitled to receive an administrative/coordination fee (which fee shall vary depending upon whether or not Tenant orders the work directly from Landlord) sufficient to compensate Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such work, which fee shall be the

 

-10-


greater of (i) five percent (5%) of the total cost of the subject Alterations, repairs or other work or (ii) Landlord’s actual cost paid to third parties in connection with the subject Alterations, repairs or other work. In no event shall Tenant be required to pay the fee referred to in the prior sentence with respect to Permitted Alterations consisting solely of painting, carpeting and millwork.

ARTICLE 10

LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Project free from any mechanics’ liens, vendors liens or any other liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant, and Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any such lien or claim or action thereon, together with costs of suit and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any such claim or action. Before commencing any work or alteration, addition or improvement to the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ written notice of the proposed commencement of such work (to afford Landlord an opportunity to post appropriate notices of non-responsibility). In the event that there shall be recorded against the Premises or the Project or the property of which the Premises is a part any claim or lien arising out of any such work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant and such claim or lien shall be removed or discharged within ten (10) days of filing; provided, however, that if Tenant is engaged in a good faith contest over such lien, Tenant need not discharge the same but shall post a bond to assure the payment of said lien with Landlord in an amount and reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant fails to discharge or bond over such lien (if bonding over is permitted hereunder), Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to pay and discharge said lien without regard to whether such lien shall be lawful or correct (in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such payment made by Landlord within ten (10) business days following written demand), or to require that Tenant promptly deposit with Landlord in cash, and in lawful money of the United States, one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount of such claim, which sum may be retained by Landlord until such claim shall have been removed of record or until judgment shall have been rendered on such claim and such judgment shall have become final, at which time Landlord shall have the right to apply such deposit in discharge of the judgment on said claim and any costs, including attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord, and shall remit the balance thereof to Tenant, if any.

ARTICLE 11

PROJECT SERVICES

(a) Basic Services . Landlord agrees to furnish to the Premises, at a cost to be included in Operating Costs, from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Mondays through Fridays and 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays (the “ Building Standard Hours ”) excepting New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (collectively, the “ Building Holidays ”), air conditioning and heat in a manner consistent with the operation of a first-class office building in the Phoenix, Arizona metropolitan area and in accordance with Schedule 1 to the Work Letter. In addition, Landlord shall provide electric current for normal lighting and normal office machines, elevator service and water on the same floor as the Premises for lavatory and drinking purposes in such reasonable quantities as in the judgment of Landlord is reasonably necessary for general office use and in compliance with applicable codes. Janitorial and maintenance services shall be furnished five (5) days per week, excepting Building Holidays. Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations which Landlord may establish for the proper functioning and protection of the Common Area air conditioning, heating, elevator, electrical, intrabuilding cabling and wiring and plumbing systems. Landlord shall not be liable for, and there shall be no rent abatement as a result of, any stoppage, reduction or interruption of any such services caused by governmental rules, regulations or ordinances, riot, strike, labor disputes, breakdowns, accidents, necessary repairs or other cause. Except as specifically provided in this Article 11, Tenant agrees to pay for all utilities and other services utilized by Tenant and any additional building services furnished to Tenant which are not uniformly furnished to all tenants of the Project, at the rate generally charged by Landlord to tenants of the Project for such utilities or services.

 

-11-


 

(b) Excess Usage . Tenant will not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus or device in the Premises which will in any way increase the amount of electricity or water usually furnished or supplied for use of the Premises as permitted hereunder; nor shall Tenant connect any apparatus, machine or device with water pipes or electric current (except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises), for the purpose of using electric current or water except with respect to Tenant’s operation of the NOC (to the extent expressly approved by Landlord in connection with the Tenant Improvements) or as otherwise expressly approved by Landlord in connection with the Tenant Improvements.

(c) Additional Service . Electrical service and HVAC shall be available to the Premises, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. If Tenant shall require electric current and HVAC outside of Building Standard Hours, Tenant shall pay Landlord for the actual out-of-pocket cost associated with such services. Landlord may, at Landlord’s option and at Tenant’s expense, cause an electric current meter or submeter to be installed in or about the Premises to measure the amount of any such excess electric current consumed by Tenant in the Premises, either as a part of the Tenant Improvements (in which case the cost thereof shall be deducted from the Allowance) or during the Term hereof (in which case the cost thereof shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent). Zoning for the Premises shall be reasonably determined by Landlord and Tenant in connection with the design of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall accommodate Tenant’s request to provide a separate HVAC unit (which shall be at Tenant’s cost and shall be separately metered) for the NOC, provided that such unit shall be on the roof or within Tenant’s Premises, and subject to Landlord’s requirements regarding structural reinforcement (if necessary), roof top screening, and compliance with applicable permitting requirements.

(d) HVAC Balance . If any lights, machines or equipment (including but not limited to computers and computer systems and appurtenances) are used by Tenant in the Premises in excess of those required for general office use and such excess materially affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system, or generate substantially more heat in the Premises than would be generated by the building standard lights and usual office equipment, Landlord shall have the right to install any machinery and equipment which Landlord reasonably deems necessary to restore temperature balance, including but not limited to modifications to the standard air conditioning equipment, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and any additional cost of operation and maintenance occasioned thereby, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord.

(e) Telecommunications . Upon request from Tenant from time to time, Landlord will provide Tenant with a listing of telecommunications and media service providers serving the Project, and Tenant shall have the right to contract directly with the providers of its choice. If Tenant wishes to contract with or obtain service from any provider which does not currently serve the Project or wishes to obtain from an existing carrier services which will require the installation of additional equipment, such provider must, prior to providing service, enter into a written agreement with Landlord setting forth the terms and conditions of the access to be granted to such provider, in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, in its sole discretion. In considering the installation of any new or additional telecommunications cabling or equipment at the Project, Landlord will consider all relevant factors in a reasonable and non-discriminatory manner, including, without limitation, the existing availability of services at the Project, the impact of the proposed installations upon the Project and its operations and the available space and capacity for the proposed installations. Landlord may also consider whether the proposed service may result in interference with or interruption of other services at the Project or the business operations of other tenants or occupants of the Project. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to incur any costs or liabilities (other than de minimis costs) in connection with the installation or delivery of telecommunication services or facilities at the Project. All such installations shall be subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable approval and shall be performed in accordance with the terms of Article 9. If Landlord approves the proposed installations in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord will deliver its standard form agreement upon request and will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly enter into an agreement on reasonable and non-discriminatory terms with a qualified, licensed and reputable carrier confirming the terms of installation and operation. of telecommunications equipment consistent with the foregoing.

(f) After-Hours Use . If Tenant requires heating, ventilation and/or air conditioning during times other than Building Standard Hours, Tenant shall control such use via an automated system activated by wall mounted controls and shall pay the actual costs for such after-hours use. Tenant may request that Landlord provide 24/7 HVAC to certain areas in the Premises.

 

-12-


 

(g) Generator . Landlord grants to Tenant the non-exclusive right to purchase the right to use the currently existing exterior generator for the Building (the “ Generator ”) for the purpose of providing back-up power for the NOC and a non-exclusive license over and across the area surrounding the Generator for such purpose. Such right may be purchased by payment of Tenant’s proportionate share of the cost of the Generator; if Tenant exercises such right, Tenant shall thereafter pay Tenant’s proportionate share of the cost to maintain and repair the Generator. If Tenant reasonably requires a separate generator for its own use, Landlord shall work with Tenant to find an appropriate location for such generator. If space is not available, Tenant may use a parking stall within the garage (in a location selected by Landlord), and Tenant’s reserved parking stalls shall be reduced by one (and Tenant shall continue to pay the reserved parking rate for such stall dedicated to generator use). Landlord grants to Tenant a license (i) (A) to use currently existing excess conduit to connect a Tenant installed generator to the Building, or (B) if the existing excess conduit is not adequate, to install a new conduit to connect a Tenant installed generator to the Building in a location mutually reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, and (ii) over and across the area surrounding the Generator for such purpose in connection with Tenant’s installation and operation of its own generator. Such licenses are subject to availability of excess conduit, availability of space for Tenant’s generator in the vicinity of the Generator, and permitting requirements. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs to design, permit and install such a generator.

(h) Reasonable Charges . Landlord may charge Tenant for Landlord’s actual out of pocket costs for any utilities or services (other than electric current and heating, ventilation and/or air conditioning which shall be governed by Section 11(c) above) utilized by Tenant in excess of the amount or type that is reasonably necessary for general office use.

(i) Interruption of Services . In the event of any interruption of HVAC, utility and other services, Landlord shall use its best efforts to promptly restore the same. If any failure to provide services or utilities continues for more than seventy-two (72) hours and materially interferes with Tenant’s conduct of business in or use and operation of the Premises, Tenant shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of rent for such period of time as the interruption is in effect.

ARTICLE 12

RIGHTS OF LANDLORD

(a) Right of Entry . Landlord and its agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times for the purpose of cleaning the Premises, examining or inspecting the same, serving or posting and keeping posted thereon notices as provided by law, or protecting Landlord or the Project, showing the same to prospective tenants (during the last twelve (12) months of the Term), lenders or purchasers of the Project, in the case of an emergency, and for making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable. An employee of Tenant shall accompany Landlord in connection with its entry into the Premises, and Tenant shall make such employee reasonably available upon request from Landlord. In the event of an emergency, if Tenant shall not be personally present to open and permit an entry into the Premises at any time when such an entry by Landlord is necessary or permitted hereunder, Landlord may enter by means of a master key, or may forcibly enter in the case of an emergency, in each event without liability to Tenant and without affecting this Lease.

(b) Maintenance Work . Landlord reserves the right from time to time, but subject to payment by and/or reimbursement from Tenant as otherwise provided herein: (i) to install, use, maintain, repair, replace, relocate and control for service to the Premises and/or other parts of the Project pipes, ducts, conduits, wires, cabling, appurtenant fixtures, equipment spaces and mechanical systems, wherever located in the Premises or the Project, (ii) to alter, close or relocate any facility in the Premises or the Common Areas or otherwise conduct any of the above activities for the purpose of complying with a general plan for fire/life safety for the Project or otherwise, and (iii) to comply with any Applicable Law, but in no event shall Tenant be permitted to withhold or reduce Basic Rental or other charges due hereunder as a result of same, make any claim for constructive eviction or otherwise make any claim against Landlord for interruption or interference with Tenant’s business or operations, so long as Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business.

 

-13-


 

(c) Communication Equipment . If Tenant desires to use the roof of the Project to install communication equipment to be used from the Premises, Tenant may so notify Landlord in writing (“ Communication Equipment Notice ”), which Communication Equipment Notice shall generally describe the specifications for the equipment desired by Tenant. If at the time of Landlord’s receipt of the Communication Equipment Notice, Landlord reasonably determines that space is available on the roof of the Project for such equipment, then subject to all governmental laws, rules and regulations, Tenant and Tenant’s contractors (which shall first be reasonably approved by Landlord) shall have the right and access to install, repair, replace, remove, operate and maintain five (5) so-called “satellite dishes” or other similar devices, such as antennae (the “ Communication Equipment ”), which Communication Equipment the combined size of which shall be no greater than one (1) meter in diameter, together with aesthetic screening designated by Landlord and all cable, wiring, conduits and related equipment, for the purpose of receiving and sending radio, television, computer, telephone or other communication signals, at a location on the roof of the Project designated by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to relocate the Communication Equipment at any time to another location on the roof of the Project. Tenant shall retain Landlord’s designated roofing contractor to make any necessary penetrations and associated repairs to the roof in order to preserve Landlord’s roof warranty. Tenant’s installation and operation of the Communication Equipment shall be governed by the following terms and conditions:

(i) Tenant’s right to install, replace, repair, remove, operate and maintain the Communication Equipment shall be subject to all Applicable Laws, and Landlord makes no representation that such Applicable Laws permit such installation and operation.

(ii) All plans and specifications for the Communication Equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval.

(iii) All costs of installation, operation and maintenance of the Communication Equipment and any necessary related equipment (including, without limitation, costs of obtaining any necessary permits and connections to the Project’s electrical system) shall be borne by Tenant.

(iv) It is expressly understood that Landlord retains the right to use the roof of the Project for any purpose whatsoever.

(v) Tenant shall use the Communication Equipment so as not to cause any unreasonable interference to other tenants in the Project or with any other tenant’s Communication Equipment, and not to damage the Project or interfere with the normal operation of the Project.

(vi) Landlord shall not have any obligations with respect to the Communication Equipment. Landlord makes no representation that the Communication Equipment will be able to receive or transmit communication signals without interference or disturbance (whether or not by reason of the installation or use of similar equipment by others on the roof of the Project) and Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor. Tenant shall not lease or otherwise make the Communication Equipment available to any third party (other than Tenant’s customers and clients, which may use the Communication Equipment while at the Premises for business purposes only) and the Communication Equipment shall be only for Tenant’s use in connection with the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises.

(vii) Tenant shall (i) be solely responsible for any damage caused as a result of the Communication Equipment, (ii) promptly pay any tax, license or permit fees charged pursuant to any Applicable Laws in connection with the installation, maintenance or use of the Communication Equipment and comply with all precautions and safeguards recommended by all governmental authorities, and (iii) pay for all necessary repairs, replacements to or maintenance of the Communication Equipment.

(viii) The Communication Equipment shall remain the sole property of Tenant. Tenant shall remove the Communication Equipment and related equipment at Tenant’s sole cost and expense upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease or upon the imposition of

 

-14-


any Applicable Law which may require removal, and shall repair the Project upon such removal to the condition it existed prior to the installation of the Communication Equipment. If Tenant fails to remove the Communication Equipment and repair the Project within fifteen (15) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense. The provisions of this Section 12(d)(viii) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(ix) The Communication Equipment shall be deemed to constitute a portion of the Premises for purposes of Article 13 of this Lease.

(x) Upon request from Landlord, Tenant agrees to execute a license agreement with Landlord or Landlord’s rooftop management company regarding Tenant’s installation, use and operation of the Communication Equipment, which license agreement shall be in commercially reasonable form and shall incorporate the terms and conditions of this Section 12.

(d) Tenant’s Rights in Landlord’s Entry . Except in the event of a Tenant default, Landlord shall have access to the Premises for the purposes described in this Article, provided that (a) Landlord’s activities hereunder will not unreasonably interfere with or adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises, (b) when practicable under the circumstances, Landlord will provide to Tenant reasonable advance notice of any entry to the Premises, and (c) nothing will be done hereunder that would permanently alter the aesthetics or the utility of the Premises for regular office use without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In the event of Landlord’s entry into the Premises following Tenant’s default hereunder, such entry shall be governed by Articles 19 and 20 of this Lease. In the event of entry pursuant to this Article 12, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any material interference with or disruption of Tenant’s operations. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, if Landlord’s entry onto the Premises or other exercise of its rights under this Lease interferes with Tenant and such interference causes a material adverse impact on Tenant’s operations at, use or enjoyment of the Premises and such impact continues beyond forty-eight (48) hours, Tenant shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of rent for such period of time as the interference continues, based on the portion of the Premises that Tenant actually stops using. If such interference continues beyond a period of thirty (30) consecutive days and such interference does not arise as a result of the performance of reasonably necessary repairs or in connection with the delivery of services to be provided by Landlord hereunder, Tenant shall be entitled to terminate this Lease upon 60 days written notice to Landlord.

ARTICLE 13

INDEMNITY; EXEMPTION OF LANDLORD FROM LIABILITY

(a) Indemnity . Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, its subsidiaries, partners, parents or other affiliates and their respective members, shareholders, officers, directors, employees and contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) harmless from and against any and all claims arising from Tenant’s use of the Premises or the Project or from the conduct of its business or from any activity, work or thing which may be permitted, suffered or caused by Tenant in or about the Premises or the Project and shall further indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all claims arising from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease or arising from any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, patrons, customers or members in or about the Project and from any and all costs, attorneys’ fees and costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in the defense of any claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon, including negotiations in connection therewith. Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Premises from any cause except for the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord and the Landlord Parties. Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant and its subsidiaries, partners, parents or other affiliates and their respective members, shareholders, officers, directors, employees and contractors (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”) harmless from and against any and all claims arising from Landlord’s operation of the Project or from any activity, work or thing which may be permitted or suffered by Landlord in or about the Project (but exclusive of the Premises) and shall further indemnify, defend and hold Tenant and the

 

-15-


Tenant Parties harmless from and against any and all claims arising from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on Landlord’s part to be performed under this Lease or arising from any negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any of its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, patrons, customers or members in or about the Project and from any and all costs, attorneys’ fees and costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in the defense of any claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon, including negotiations in connection therewith.

(b) Exemption of Landlord from Liability . Except as otherwise provided herein, Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business, or loss of income therefrom, however occurring (including, without limitation, from any failure or interruption of services or utilities or as a result of Landlord’s negligence), or, for damage that may be sustained by the person, goods, wares, merchandise or property of Tenant, its employees, invitees, customers, agents, or contractors, or any other person in, on or about the Premises directly or indirectly caused by or resulting from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, fire, steam, electricity, gas, water, or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of the pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning, light fixtures, or mechanical or electrical systems, or from intrabuilding cabling or wiring, whether such damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Project or from other sources or places and regardless of whether the cause of such damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is inaccessible to Tenant. Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages arising from any willful or negligent action or inaction of any other tenant of the Project.

(c) Security . Landlord shall provide security cameras or other surveillance equipment in the parking areas, lobby and elevators of the Building and the elevators shall be designed to provide that access to the 7 th floor of the Premises may only be accessed by use of a key card. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s election whether or not to provide any type of additional mechanical surveillance or security personnel whatsoever in the Project is solely within Landlord’s discretion; Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall have no liability in connection with the provision, or lack, of such services, and Tenant hereby agrees to hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless with regard to any such potential claim, whether or not such services are provided. Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for losses due to theft, vandalism, or like causes. Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any such claims made by any employee, licensee, invitee, contractor, agent or other person whose presence in, on or about the Premises or the Project is attendant to the business of Tenant. Tenant shall be permitted to install a security system serving the Premises, subject to Landlord’s approval of the same.

ARTICLE 14

INSURANCE

(a) Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant, shall at all times during the Term of this Lease, and at its own cost and expense, procure and continue in force the following insurance coverage: (i) Commercial General Liability Insurance, written on an occurrence basis, with a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damages of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence and Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the annual aggregate, including products liability coverage if applicable, owners and contractors protective coverage, blanket contractual coverage including both oral and written contracts, and personal injury coverage, covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance of Tenant of the indemnity and exemption of Landlord from liability agreements set forth in Article 13 hereof; (ii) a policy of standard fire, extended coverage and special extended coverage insurance (all risks), including a vandalism and malicious mischief endorsement, sprinkler leakage coverage and earthquake sprinkler leakage where sprinklers are provided in an amount equal to the full replacement value new without deduction for depreciation of all (A) Tenant Improvements, Alterations, fixtures and other improvements in the Premises, including but not limited to all mechanical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, telecommunication and other equipment, systems and facilities, and (B) trade fixtures, furniture, equipment and other personal property installed by or at the expense of Tenant; (iii) Worker’s Compensation coverage as required by law; and (iv) business interruption, loss of income and extra expense insurance covering any failure or interruption of Tenant’s business equipment (including, without limitation, telecommunications equipment) and covering all other perils, failures or interruptions sufficient

 

-16-


to cover a period of interruption of not less than twelve (12) months. Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Term (including any option periods, if applicable), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 14 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably required by Landlord.

(b) Form of Policies . The aforementioned minimum limits of policies and Tenant’s procurement and maintenance thereof shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant hereunder. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policy shall name Landlord, Landlord’s property manager, Landlord’s lender(s) and such other entities, persons or firms as Landlord specifies from time to time in writing to Tenant, as additional insureds with an appropriate endorsement to the policy(s). All such insurance policies carried by Tenant shall be with companies having a rating of not less than A-VI in Best’s Insurance Guide. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, from the insurance companies, or cause the insurance companies to furnish, certificates of coverage. The deductible under each policy shall be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification or cancellation except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord by the insurer. All such policies shall be endorsed to agree that Tenant’s policy is primary and that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and not contributing with any Tenant insurance requirement hereunder and shall name Landlord as an additional insured. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewals or binders. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance or furnish Landlord with renewals or binders in a timely manner, Landlord may (but shall not be required to), procure said insurance on Tenant’s behalf and charge Tenant the cost thereof, which amount shall be payable by Tenant within ten (10) business days of demand with interest (at the rate set forth in Section 20(e) below) from the date such sums are expended.

(c) Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord, as a cost to be included in Operating Costs to the extent permitted hereunder, agrees to carry during the entire Lease term and any extensions thereof casualty and liability insurance equivalent to or in excess of the coverage typically carried by owners of other comparable office buildings in the Phoenix, Arizona metropolitan area with insurers rated A-VI or better in Best’s Insurance Guide, but in no event less than:

(i) Property insurance on the Project in the form of an All Risk, Special Form or Direct Damage policy and Boiler & Machinery coverage, both in the amount of at least $50,000,000. Coverage shall also include Demolition and Increased Cost of Construction coverage with a limit of not less than $100,000; and

(ii) Commercial General Liability Insurance utilizing ISO form CG0001 (or its equivalent) in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence, $1,000,000 Personal Injury and Advertising injury, $2,000,000 Products and Completed Operations Aggregate and $2,000,000 General Aggregate. There shall be no exclusions deleting or limiting the above coverages from the CG0001 form (or its equivalent). Coverage shall include, but shall not be limited to, coverage for bodily injury, loss of life or property damage occurring in or about the Building.

(iii) Umbrella policy with limits of not less than $5,000,000 per occurrence.

(d) Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive any and all rights of recovery against the other or against the officers, directors, partners, members, trustees, employees and shareholders of the other, on account of loss or damage occasioned to such waiving party or its property or any property of others under its control to the extent that such loss or damage is required to be covered pursuant to this Lease. Landlord and Tenant will each, upon obtaining the respective property policies of insurance required under this Lease, give notice to the insurance carrier or carriers that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is contained in this Lease and obtain from the respective carriers an endorsement waiving any right of subrogation in favor of the insurer.

(e) Compliance with Law and Insurance Policies . Tenant agrees that it will not, at any time, during the Term of this Lease, carry any stock of goods or do anything in or about the Premises that will in any way tend to increase the insurance rates upon the Project. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord forthwith upon demand the amount of any increase in premiums for

 

-17-


insurance that may be carried during the Term of this Lease, or the amount of insurance to be carried by Landlord on the Project resulting from the foregoing, or from Tenant doing any act in or about the Premises that does so increase the insurance rates, whether or not Landlord shall have consented to such act on the part of Tenant. If Tenant installs upon the Premises any electrical equipment which causes an overload of electrical lines at the Premises, Tenant shall at its own cost and expense, in accordance with all other Lease provisions hereof, make whatever changes are necessary to comply with requirements of the insurance underwriters and any governmental authority having jurisdiction thereover, but nothing herein contained shall be deemed to constitute Landlord’s consent to such overloading. Tenant shall, at its own expense, comply with all insurance requirements applicable to the Premises, including, without limitation, the installation of fire extinguishers or an automatic dry chemical extinguishing system.

ARTICLE 15

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

Tenant shall have no power to, either voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, sell, assign, transfer or hypothecate this Lease, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by anyone other than Tenant or Tenant’s employees without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If Tenant is a corporation, unincorporated association, partnership or limited liability company, the sale, assignment, transfer or hypothecation of any class of stock or other ownership interest in such corporation, association, partnership or limited liability company in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) in the aggregate shall be deemed a “Transfer” within the meaning and provisions of this Article 15; provided that ordinary stock trades that do not result in a change of control of Tenant do not constitute a Transfer. Tenant may transfer its interest pursuant to this Lease only upon the following express conditions, which conditions are agreed by Landlord and Tenant to be reasonable:

(a) That the proposed Transferee (as hereafter defined) shall be subject to the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld but, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to deny such consent if:

(i) The use to be made of the Premises by the proposed Transferee is (a) not generally consistent with general office use and with the character and nature of all other tenancies in the Project, or (b) a use which conflicts with any so-called “exclusive” then in favor of another tenant of the Project or any other buildings which are in the same complex as the Project, or (c) a use which would be prohibited by any other portion of this Lease (including but not limited to any Rules and Regulations then in effect);

(ii) The financial responsibility of the proposed Transferee is not reasonably satisfactory to Landlord or in any event not at least equal to that of Tenant as of the date of execution of this Lease;

(iii) The proposed Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof; or

(iv) Either the proposed Transferee or any person or entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the proposed Transferee (A) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent, or (B) is negotiating with Landlord or has negotiated with Landlord during the six (6) month period immediately preceding the date of the proposed Transfer (as defined below), to lease space in the Project.

(b) Upon Tenant’s submission of a request for Landlord’s consent to any such Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with the proposed Transfer, not to exceed $1,500.00;

(c) That the proposed Transferee shall execute an agreement pursuant to which it shall agree to perform faithfully and be bound by all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease applicable to that portion of the Premises so transferred; and

 

-18-


 

(d) That an executed duplicate original of said assignment and assumption agreement or other Transfer on a form reasonably approved by Landlord, shall be delivered to Landlord within five (5) days after the execution thereof, and that such Transfer shall not be binding upon Landlord until the delivery thereof to Landlord and the execution and delivery of Landlord’s consent thereto. It shall be a condition to Landlord’s consent to any subleasing, assignment or other transfer of part or all of Tenant’s interest in the Premises (“ Transfer ”) that (i) upon Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall pay and continue to pay fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium” (defined below), received by Tenant from the transferee; (ii) any sublessee of part or all of Tenant’s interest in the Premises shall agree that in the event Landlord gives such sublessee notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such sublessee shall thereafter make all sublease or other payments directly to Landlord, which will be received by Landlord without any liability whether to honor the sublease or otherwise (except to credit such payments against sums due under this Lease), and any sublessee shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns at their request should this Lease be terminated for any reason, except that in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; (iii) intentionally omitted; and (iv) Landlord may require that Tenant not then be in default hereunder in any respect, nor shall any condition exist which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time constitute a default hereunder. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, Additional Rent or other consideration payable by the proposed subtenant or assignee (collectively, “ Transferee ”) in connection with a Transfer in excess of the Basic Rental and Direct Costs payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer and if such Transfer is for less than all of the Premises, the Transfer Premium shall be calculated on a rentable square foot basis and shall be considered Additional Rent. In any event, the Transfer Premium shall be calculated after deducting both the fair market value of any services of Tenant or any assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture included in the Transfer and the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (1) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises paid for by Tenant in connection with the Transfer and made in compliance with Article 9, (2) any other out-of-pocket monetary concessions provided by Tenant to the Transferee, and (3) any brokerage commissions paid for by Tenant in connection with the Transfer. The calculation of “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by a Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to the Transferee and any payment in excess of fair market value for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to the Transferee in connection with such Transfer. Any Transfer of this Lease which is not in compliance with the provisions of this Article 15 shall be voidable by written notice from Landlord and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate this Lease. In no event shall the consent by Landlord to any Transfer be construed as relieving Tenant or any Transferee from obtaining the express written consent of Landlord to any further Transfer, or as releasing Tenant from any liability or obligation hereunder whether or not then accrued and Tenant shall continue to be fully liable therefor. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any person other than Tenant shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 15 or the acceptance of any Transferee hereunder, or a release of Tenant (or of any Transferee of Tenant). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under this Article 15 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 15, their sole remedies shall be a declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought without any monetary damages, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee.

Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease or sublet all or a portion of the Premises without Landlord’s consent to any corporation or business entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, or to a corporation or other business entity resulting from a merger or consolidation with Tenant, or to any person or entity which acquires substantially all of the assets of Tenant’s businesses as a going concern (“ Affiliate ”); provided that in the case of an assignment, the assignee assumes in full the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease and that the use of the Premises remains unchanged. In no event shall any subleasing or assignment operate to release Tenant from any liability under this Lease.

In connection with any transfer approved by Landlord to a Transferee that will lease and occupy more than 50% of the Premises, Tenant may request the right to assign its sign rights

 

-19-


under Article 32. In considering such a request, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold consent to such a transfer of the sign rights, provided that the proposed Transferee’s name or reputation is not reasonably objectionable to Landlord or prohibited by the Deed Restrictions.

ARTICLE 16

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

If the Project is damaged by fire or other insured casualty and the insurance proceeds have been made available therefor by the holder or holders of any mortgages or deeds of trust covering the Premises or the Project, the damage shall be repaired by Landlord to the extent such insurance proceeds are available therefor and provided such repairs can, in Landlord’s sole opinion, be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the necessity for repairs as a result of such damage becomes known to Landlord, without the payment of overtime or other premiums, and until such repairs are completed rent and the Prevailing Rate (as defined below) shall be abated in proportion to the part of the Premises which is unusable by Tenant in the conduct of its business and/or the portion of the parking that is unavailable and for which Landlord has not provided reasonable substitute parking (but there shall be no abatement of rent and/or Prevailing Rate by reason of any portion of the Premises or parking being unusable for a period equal to five (5) days or less). However, if the damage is due to the fault or neglect of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, guests, invitees and the like, there shall be no abatement of rent or Prevailing Rate, unless and then only to the extent Landlord receives rental income insurance proceeds. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Section 14(a)(ii)(A) above; provided, however, that if the cost of repair of improvements within the Premises by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, as so assigned by Tenant, such excess costs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s repair of such damage. If repairs cannot, in Landlord’s opinion, be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of the casualty, without the payment of overtime or other premiums, Landlord may, at its option, either (i) make such repairs in a reasonable time and in such event this Lease shall continue in effect and the rent and/or Prevailing Rate shall be abated, if at all, in the manner provided in this Article 16, or (ii) elect not to effect such repairs and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of the casualty, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises. In addition, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease if the Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, if the damage is not fully covered, except for deductible amounts, by Landlord’s insurance policies. Finally, if the Premises or the Project is damaged to any substantial extent during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, then notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 16 to the contrary, either Landlord or Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other party of the exercise of such option within sixty (60) days after the date of the casualty. A total destruction of the Project shall automatically terminate this Lease. If Landlord commences repairs to the Project but does not complete such repairs within one (1) year from the date of the casualty, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord. Except as provided in this Article 16, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business or property arising from such damage or destruction or the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Project or the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. Tenant understands that Landlord will not carry insurance of any kind on Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures or equipment, and that Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall have no right to any proceeds of insurance carried by Landlord relating to property damage. With respect to any damage which Landlord is obligated to repair or elects to repair, Tenant, as a material inducement to Landlord entering into this Lease, irrevocably waives and releases any rights under law to terminate this Lease. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant hereby waives any right it may have to terminate this Lease pursuant to Arizona Revised Statutes § 33-343 as a result of any destruction.

 

-20-


 

ARTICLE 17

THIS LEASE IS A SUBLEASE; SUBORDINATION

(a) This Lease is subject to, and Tenant agrees to comply with, all matters of record affecting the Real Property, including, without limitation, that certain Lease by and between The City of Tempe, as landlord, and Landlord, as tenant, dated December 14, 2009 (the “Prime Lease”). Landlord represents to Tenant, as of the date of this Lease, that Landlord has given to Tenant a true, correct, and complete copy of the Prime Lease, and the same is annexed to this Lease as Exhibit “X” . Only the terms and conditions contained herein, however, shall govern the rights and liabilities of Landlord and Tenant as between themselves, it not being intended that any of the terms or conditions of the Prime Lease be deemed incorporated herein except to the extent expressly provided in this Lease. Within sixty (60) days after the full execution of this Lease, Landlord will obtain a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from the landlord under the Prime Lease in a form reasonably acceptable to Tenant.

(b) Tenant shall not do nor permit anything to be done which would violate or breach the terms and provisions of the Prime Lease or cause the Prime Lease to be terminated or forfeited by reason of any right of termination or forfeiture reserved or vested in Prime Lessor under the Prime Lease; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to require Tenant to actively perform any obligation of the tenant under the Prime Lease.

(c) This Lease is subject and subordinate to the Prime Lease and to all other matters and interests to which the Prime Lease is or shall be subordinate. In the event of termination, reentry or dispossession by Prime Lessor under the Prime Lease, Prime Lessor may, at its option, take over all of the right, title and interest of Landlord under this Lease and Tenant shall, at Prime Lessor’s option, attorn to Prime Lessor pursuant to the then executory provisions of this Lease.

(d) This Lease is also subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases, mortgages and deeds of trust which affect the Real Property, including all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof; provided, however, if the lessor under any such lease or the holder or holders of any such mortgage or deed of trust shall advise Landlord that they desire or require this Lease to be prior and superior thereto, upon written request of Landlord to Tenant, Tenant agrees to promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all documents or instruments which Landlord or such lessor, holder or holders deem necessary or desirable for purposes thereof. Landlord shall have the right to cause this Lease to be and become and remain subject and subordinate to any and all ground or underlying leases, mortgages or deeds of trust which may hereafter be executed covering the Premises, the Project or the property or any renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, so long as the holder of such superior interest enters into a written agreement in favor of Tenant to the effect that such holder will not disturb Tenant’s right of possession hereunder for so long as Tenant is not in default under the terms of this Lease, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Tenant. There is currently no holder of any lien of any kind on the Project that is superior to this Lease other than the Prime Lease. Tenant agrees, within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s written request therefor, to execute, acknowledge and deliver upon request any and all documents or instruments requested by Landlord or necessary or proper to assure the subordination of this Lease to any such mortgages, deed of trust, or leasehold estates (hereinafter, an “SNDA”), subject to the provisions of this Article 17. If Tenant fails to timely deliver an executed SNDA to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Article 17, then Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a notice of such failure and if Tenant does not deliver the executed SNDA within five (5) business days thereafter, Tenant shall be in default hereunder. Tenant acknowledges that the remedies set forth in Article 20 of this Lease are not an adequate remedy for Tenant’s failure to timely execute an SNDA as hereby required, and that it is impracticable or extremely difficult to fix Landlord’s actual damages in such event. Therefore, the parties agree that, in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord, at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the right to charge Tenant an amount equal to Two Hundred Dollars ($200.00) per day for each day thereafter until Tenant delivers the SNDA to Landlord in accordance with the terms hereof. Tenant agrees that in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any mortgage or deed of trust or any deed in lieu thereof, to attorn to the purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof as so requested to do so by such purchaser and to recognize such purchaser as the lessor under this Lease; Tenant shall, within five (5) days after request execute such further instruments or assurances as such purchaser may

 

-21-


reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm such attornment. Tenant agrees to provide copies of any notices of Landlord’s default under this Lease to any mortgagee or deed of trust beneficiary whose address has been provided to Tenant and Tenant shall provide such mortgagee or deed of trust beneficiary the same period of time as Landlord under this Lease, plus five (5) Business Days, after receipt of such notice within which to cure any such default. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

ARTICLE 18

EMINENT DOMAIN

If the whole of the Premises or the Project or so much thereof as to render the balance unusable by Tenant shall be taken under power of eminent domain, or is sold, transferred or conveyed in lieu thereof, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date of such condemnation, or as of the date possession is taken by the condemning authority, at Landlord’s option. No award for any partial or entire taking shall be apportioned, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any award which may be made in such taking or condemnation, together with any and all rights of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to the same or any part thereof; provided, however, that Tenant’s assignment of its interest in any condemnation award to Landlord is conditioned upon its legal right to prosecute a separate claim in the condemnation proceeding for any relocation award to which it may be entitled or for any furniture, trade fixtures or other fixtures which Tenant is entitled to remove at the termination of the Lease and which are subject to the taking, for the unamortized cost of any improvements paid for by Tenant and for any relocation or other business disruption loss Tenant incurs as a result of such taking. In the event of a partial taking described in this Article 18, or a sale, transfer or conveyance in lieu thereof, which does not result in a termination of this Lease, the rent and/or Prevailing Rate shall be apportioned according to the ratio that the part of the Premises or parking remaining useable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises and/or parking and Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost, repair the Project or the Premises so that the respective area constitutes an economically viable unit and parking is reasonably available to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have under law to terminate this Lease in the event of a taking under power of eminent domain.

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULT

Each of the following acts or omissions of Tenant or of any guarantor of Tenant’s performance hereunder, or occurrences, shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) Failure or refusal to pay Basic Rental, Additional Rent or any other amount to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder within three (3) calendar days after the date the same is due or payable hereunder; said three (3) day period shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any statutory notice requirements; provided that for the first two (2) instances of non-payment in any calendar year, Landlord shall deliver notice of non-payment to Tenant and Tenant shall have five (5) days in which to cure such failure;

(b) Except as set forth in items (a) above and (c) through and including (f) below, for which defaults there shall be no cure period, failure to perform or observe any other covenant or condition of this Lease to be performed or observed within thirty (30) days following written notice to Tenant of such failure. Such thirty (30) day notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any statutory notice requirements;

(c) Abandonment or vacating or failure to accept tender of possession of the Premises or any significant portion thereof, without giving Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior notice;

(d) The taking in execution or by similar process or law (other than by eminent domain) of the estate hereby created;

(e) The filing by Tenant or any guarantor hereunder in any court pursuant to any statute of a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or arrangement for the

 

-22-


appointment of a receiver of all or a portion of Tenant’s property; the filing against Tenant or any guarantor hereunder of any such petition, or the commencement of a proceeding for the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant, or for any guarantor hereunder, or of any of the property of either, or a proceeding by any governmental authority for the dissolution or liquidation of Tenant or any guarantor hereunder, if such proceeding shall not be dismissed or trusteeship discontinued within thirty (30) days after commencement of such proceeding or the appointment of such trustee or receiver; or the making by Tenant or any guarantor hereunder of an assignment for the benefit of creditors. Tenant hereby stipulates to the lifting of the automatic stay in effect and relief from such stay for Landlord in the event Tenant files a petition under the United States Bankruptcy laws, for the purpose of Landlord pursuing its rights and remedies against Tenant and/or a guarantor of this Lease; or

(f) Tenant’s failure to cause to be released or Tenant’s failure to post a bond with Landlord with respect to any mechanics liens filed against the Premises or the Project within twenty (20) days after the date the same shall have been filed or recorded.

(g) Tenant’s failure to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 7, 9, 14, 17 or 25 within three (3) business days after notice from Landlord.

All defaults by Tenant of any covenant or condition of this Lease shall be deemed by the parties hereto to be material.

ARTICLE 20

REMEDIES

(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under this Lease as provided in Article 19 hereof, Landlord may exercise all of its remedies as may be permitted by law, including but not limited to, terminating this Lease, reentering the Premises and removing all persons and property therefrom, which property may be stored by Landlord at a warehouse or elsewhere at the risk, expense and for the account of Tenant. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant the aggregate of all amounts permitted by law, including but not limited to (i) the worth at the time of award of the amount of any unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, tenant improvement expenses, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and (v) at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law. The term “rent” as used in this Section 20(a) shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in items (i) and (ii), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in item (e), below, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in item (iii), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate published by U.S. Bank National Association from time to time.

(b) Nothing in this Article 20 shall be deemed to affect Landlord’s right to indemnification for liability or liabilities arising prior to the termination of this Lease for personal injuries or property damage under the indemnification clause or clauses contained in this Lease.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Landlord’s re-entry to perform acts of maintenance or preservation of or in connection with efforts to relet the Premises or any portion thereof, or the appointment of a receiver upon Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the

 

-23-


Premises or any portion thereof and, until Landlord does elect to terminate this Lease, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Landlord may enforce all of Landlord’s rights and remedies hereunder. Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

(d) All rights, powers and remedies of Landlord hereunder and under any other agreement now or hereafter in force between Landlord and Tenant shall be cumulative and not alternative and shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to Landlord by law, and the exercise of one or more rights or remedies shall not impair Landlord’s right to exercise any other right or remedy.

(e) Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the lower of twelve percent (12%) per annum or the maximum lawful rate of interest from the due date until paid, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. In addition to such interest: (i) if Basic Rental is not paid on or before the third (3 rd ) day of the calendar month for which the same is due, or prior to the expiration of the notice period if Landlord is required to deliver notice of non-payment under Article 19(a), a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the amount overdue or $100, whichever is greater, shall be immediately due and owing and shall accrue for each calendar month or part thereof until such rental, including the late charge, is paid in full, which late charge Tenant hereby agrees is a reasonable estimate of the damages Landlord shall suffer as a result of Tenant’s late payment, and (ii) an additional charge of $25 shall be assessed for any check given to Landlord by or on behalf of Tenant which is not honored by the drawee thereof; which damages include Landlord’s additional administrative and other costs associated with such late payment and unsatisfied checks and the parties agree that it would be impracticable or extremely difficult to fix Landlord’s actual damage in such event. With respect to payments of Basic Rental, interest shall accrue and be owed if Basic Rental is not paid on or before the 3 rd day of the calendar month for which the same is due. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the first two (2) instances of non-payment in any calendar year, Landlord shall deliver notice of non-payment to Tenant and Tenant shall have five (5) days in which to cure such failure before imposing any late charge. Tenant agrees, with respect to each rate of interest set forth herein, to an effective rate of interest that is the stated rate plus any additional rate of interest resulting from any other charges in the nature of interest paid or to be paid by or on behalf of Tenant, or any benefit received or to be received by Landlord, in connection with this Lease or the underlying rental activity. Such charges for interest and late payments and unsatisfied checks are separate and cumulative and are in addition to and shall not diminish or represent a substitute for any or all of Landlord’s rights or remedies under any other provision of this Lease.

(f) If Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations or breaches any of its covenants contained in this Lease and (unless another time limit is elsewhere in this Lease specifically provided) the default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written demand for performance is given by Tenant, or if the default is of such a character as to require more than 30 days to cure and Landlord shall fail to commence said cure promptly and use reasonable diligence in working to complete such cure. Tenant shall have the option, in addition to any other remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity (including the right to sue for damages, an injunction or specific performance).

ARTICLE 21

TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST

In the event of any transfer or termination of Landlord’s interest in the Premises or the Project by sale, assignment, transfer, foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or otherwise whether voluntary or involuntary, Landlord shall be automatically relieved of any and all obligations and liabilities on the part of Landlord from and after the date of such transfer or termination, including furthermore without limitation, the obligation of Landlord under Article 4 above to return the security deposit, provided said security deposit is transferred to said transferee. Tenant agrees to attorn to the transferee upon any such transfer and to recognize such transferee as the lessor under this Lease and Tenant shall, within five (5) days after request, execute such further instruments or assurances as such transferee may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm such attornment.

 

-24-


 

ARTICLE 22

BROKER

In connection with this Lease, Landlord and Tenant warrant and represent to each other that they have had dealings only with the firms set forth in Article 1.H. of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “ Brokers ”) and that they knows of no other person or entity who is or might be entitled to a commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection herewith. Landlord and Tenant each agree to indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless for, from and against any cost, expense or liability (including attorneys’ fees) for any compensation, commission or fees claimed by any real estate broker or agent in connection with this Lease or its negotiation other than the Brokers as a result of the action of the indemnifying party. Landlord shall compensate the Brokers in connection with a separate agreement.

ARTICLE 23

PARKING

Tenant shall lease from Landlord, commencing on the Commencement Date, the number of parking passes set forth in Section 1.I. of the Basic Lease Provisions. Initially, Landlord shall provide to Tenant, at no cost to Tenant from the Commencement Date until the second anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “ Free Parking Period ”), 50 covered reserved and 175 unreserved parking passes. Both during and after the Free Parking Period, Tenant shall lease from Landlord covered reserved and unreserved parking passes equal to the total number of parking passes described in Section 1.I at the Prevailing Rate. Subject to the Free Parking Period, the term “ Prevailing Rate ” shall mean the lesser of (a) the rate charged by Landlord from time to time for such parking passes, or (b) the rate as of the date of this Lease as increased by five percent (5%) per annum. Landlord and Tenant acknowledges that the Prevailing Rate as of the date of this Lease is Seventy-Five Dollars ($75.00) per parking pass per month for reserved parking and Fifty Dollars ($50.00) per parking pass per month for unreserved parking (in each case, exclusive of any applicable parking tax). In addition to the Prevailing Rate, Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of such parking passes by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant, including, without limitation, transaction privilege tax levied by the City of Tempe. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located, including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord, and Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s parking privileges may be curtailed in or become more expensive in the event Tenant fails to comply with the parking rules and regulations, including parking in the parking area after hours, and Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless in the event Tenant violates any of the applicable rules or regulations, without the benefit of any notice and cure period. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of rent under this Lease, from time to time, temporarily close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements. Tenant’s covered reserved parking spaces shall be determined as set forth on Exhibit “E” for the Term of this Lease. Landlord may, at no additional cost to Tenant, delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator or a lessee of the parking facility in which case such parking operator or lessee shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Article 23 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval. Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may establish, and Tenant shall pay the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking together with applicable taxes to Landlord as Additional Rent. The parking facilities shall be available for Tenant’s use 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, subject to the rules and regulations attached hereto. In the event (a) the parking becomes unavailable to Tenant for any reason other

 

-25-


than casualty or condemnation, (b) such lack of access continues for thirty (30) days, and (c) Landlord has not caused reasonable substitute parking to become available for Tenant’s use, then Tenant may terminate this Lease upon not less than thirty (30) days written notice to Landlord.

ARTICLE 24

WAIVER

No waiver by a party of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by such party of the same or any other provision. No provision of this Lease may be waived by a party, except by an instrument in writing executed by the waiving party. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act of Tenant, whether or not similar to the act so consented to or approved. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the Term of this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord. The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent. Any payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of an amount less than the total amount then due hereunder shall be deemed to be in partial payment only thereof and not a waiver of the balance due or an accord and satisfaction, notwithstanding any statement or endorsement to the contrary on any check or any other instrument delivered concurrently therewith or in reference thereto. Accordingly, Landlord may accept any such amount and negotiate any such check without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover all balances due and owing and to pursue its other rights against Tenant under this Lease, regardless of whether Landlord makes any notation on such instrument of payment or otherwise notifies Tenant that such acceptance or negotiation is without prejudice to Landlord’s rights.

ARTICLE 25

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Tenant shall, at any time and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) business days’ prior written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying the following information, (but not limited to the following information in the event further information is requested by Landlord): (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as modified, is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any; (iii) the amount of Tenant’s security deposit, if any; and (iv) acknowledging that there are not any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, and no events or conditions then in existence which, with the passage of time or notice or both, would constitute a default on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults, events or conditions, if any are claimed. It is expressly understood and agreed that any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Real Property. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall constitute an admission by Tenant that all statements contained therein are true and correct. Furthermore, if Tenant fails to timely deliver an estoppel certificate to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Article 25, then Landlord shall deliver second notice to Tenant and if Tenant fails to deliver an estoppel certificate within five (5) business days thereafter, Tenant shall be in default under this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the remedies set forth in Article 20 of this Lease are not an adequate remedy for Tenant’s failure to timely execute an estoppel certificate as hereby required, and that it is impracticable or extremely difficult to fix Landlord’s actual damages in such event. Therefore, the parties agree that, in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord, at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the right to charge Tenant an amount equal to Two Hundred Dollars ($200.00) per day for each day thereafter until Tenant delivers the estoppel certificate to Landlord in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

-26-


 

ARTICLE 26

LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, any remedy of Tenant for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default by Landlord hereunder or any claim, cause of action or obligation, contractual, statutory or otherwise by Tenant against Landlord or the Landlord Parties concerning, arising out of or relating to any matter relating to this Lease and all of the covenants and conditions or any obligations, contractual, statutory, or otherwise set forth herein, shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the lesser of (i) the interest of Landlord in and to the Project, and (ii) the interest Landlord would have in the Project if the Project were encumbered by third party debt in an amount equal to ninety percent (90%) of the then current value of the Project (as such value is reasonably determined by Landlord). No other property or assets of Landlord or any Landlord Party shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to this Lease, Landlord’s obligations to Tenant, whether contractual, statutory or otherwise, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder, or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises. The provisions contained in this Article are not intended to, and shall not, limit any right that Tenant might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against Landlord or Landlord’s successors in interest.

ARTICLE 27

INABILITY TO PERFORM

This Lease and the obligations of a party hereunder shall not be affected or impaired because the other party is unable to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or is delayed in doing so, if such inability or delay is caused by reason of any prevention, delay, stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, acts of God, terrorism, evacuation or any other cause previously, or at such time, beyond the reasonable control or anticipation of such party (collectively, a “ Force Majeure ”) and such party’s obligations under this Lease shall be forgiven and suspended by any such Force Majeure. In no event shall Force Majeure delay an obligation to pay money.

ARTICLE 28

HAZARDOUS WASTE

(a) Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material (as defined in Section 28(d) below) to be brought, kept or used in or about the Project by any Tenant Responsible Parties. Tenant indemnifies Landlord and the Landlord Parties from and against any breach by Tenant of the obligations stated in the preceding sentence, and agrees to defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities, or losses (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Project, damages for the loss or restriction or use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Project, damages arising from any adverse impact or marketing of space in the Project, and sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees and costs, consultant fees, and expert fees) which arise during or after the Term of this Lease as a result of such breach. This indemnification of Landlord and the Landlord Parties by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state, or local governmental agency or political subdivision because of Hazardous Material present in the soil or ground water on or under the Project. In addition to, and without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Material on the Project caused or permitted by any Tenant Responsible Parties results in any contamination of the Project, then subject to the provisions of Articles 9 and 10 hereof, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense as are necessary to return the Project to the condition existing prior to the introduction of any such Hazardous Material and the contractors to be used by Tenant for such work must be approved by Landlord; provided however, Landlord shall also have the right, by written notice to Tenant, to directly undertake any such mitigation efforts with regard to Hazardous Materials in or about the Project due to Tenant’s breach of its obligations pursuant to this Section 28(a), and to charge Tenant, as Additional Rent, for the costs thereof.

 

-27-


 

(b) Landlord represents that, as of the date of this Lease, Landlord has no knowledge of any Hazardous Materials on the Premises or the Project. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Landlord may become legally liable for the costs of complying with Environmental Laws (as defined in Section 28(e) below) relating to Hazardous Material which are not the responsibility of Landlord or the responsibility of Tenant, including the following: (i) Hazardous Material present in the soil or ground water on the Project of which Landlord has no knowledge as of the effective date of this Lease; (ii) a change in Environmental Laws which relate to Hazardous Material which make that Hazardous Material which is present on the Real Property as of the effective date of this Lease, whether known or unknown to Landlord, a violation of such new Environmental Laws; (iii) Hazardous Material that migrates, flows, percolates, diffuses, or in any way moves on to, or under, the Project after the effective date of this Lease; or Hazardous Material present on or under the Project as a result of any discharge, dumping or spilling (whether accidental or otherwise) on the Project by other lessees of the Project or their agents, employees, contractors, or invitees, or by others. Accordingly, Landlord and Tenant agree that the cost of complying with Environmental Laws relating to Hazardous Material on the Project which are paid or incurred by Landlord shall not be at Tenant’s cost unless the cost of such compliance is made the responsibility of Tenant pursuant to Section 28(a) above, in which case such costs will be paid by Tenant and collectible as Additional Rent.

(c) It shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer if (i) the proposed transferee’s anticipated use of the Premises involves the generation, storage, use, treatment, or disposal of Hazardous Material; (ii) the proposed Transferee has been required by any prior landlord, lender, or governmental authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Material contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such Transferee’s actions or use of the property in question; or (iii) the proposed Transferee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any governmental authority in connection with the use, disposal, or storage of a Hazardous Material.

(d) As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material, or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local governmental authority, the State of Arizona or the United States Government. The term “Hazardous Material” includes, without limitation, any material or substance which is (i) designated as a “Hazardous Substance” pursuant to Section 311 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. § 1317), (ii) defined as a “Hazardous Waste” pursuant to Section 1004 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq. (42 U.S.C. § 6903), (iii) defined as a “Hazardous Substance” pursuant to Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq. (42 U.S.C. § 9601), or (iv) defined as a “Hazardous Substance”, “Hazardous Waste” or “Hazardous Material”, pursuant to the Arizona Hazardous Waste Management Act (§§49-921 et seq ., Arizona Revised Statutes), and/or the Arizona Environmental Quality Act (§§ 49-1001 et seq ., Arizona Revised Statutes).

(e) As used herein, the term “Environmental Laws ” means any applicable federal, state or local law, ordinance, or regulation relating to any Hazardous Material affecting the Project, including, without limitation, the laws, ordinances, and regulations referred to in Section 28(d) above.

ARTICLE 29

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF PROPERTY

(a) The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant to Landlord, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and shall at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises.

(b) Upon the expiration of the Term of this Lease, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in good order and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, all furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, moveable partitioning and other articles of personal property in the Premises except to the extent Landlord elects by notice to Tenant to exercise its option to have any subleases or subtenancies assigned to it. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost to repair all damage to the Premises resulting from the removal of any of such items from the Premises, provided that Landlord shall have the right to either (I) cause

 

-28-


Tenant to perform said repair work, or (II) if Tenant fails to do so, perform said repair work itself, at Tenant’s expense (with any such costs incurred by Landlord to be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) business days following written demand therefor from Landlord).

(c) Whenever Landlord shall reenter the Premises as provided in Article 20 hereof, or as otherwise provided in this Lease, any property of Tenant not removed by Tenant upon the expiration of the Term of this Lease, as provided in this Lease, shall be considered abandoned and Landlord may remove any or all of such items and dispose of the same in any manner or store the same in a public warehouse or elsewhere for the account and at the expense and risk of Tenant, and if Tenant shall fail to pay the cost of storing any such property after it has been stored for a period of thirty (30) days or more, Landlord may sell any or all of such property at public or private sale, in such manner and at such times and places as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem proper, without notice to or demand upon Tenant, for the payment of all or any part of such charges or the removal of any such property, and shall apply the proceeds of such sale as follows: first, to the cost and expense of such sale, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs for services rendered; second, to the payment of the cost of or charges for storing any such property; third, to the payment of any other sums of money which may then or thereafter be due to Landlord from Tenant under any of the terms hereof; and fourth, the balance, if any, to Tenant.

(d) All fixtures, Tenant Improvements, Alterations and/or appurtenances attached to or built into the Premises prior to or during the Term, whether by Landlord or Tenant and whether at the expense of Landlord or Tenant, or of both, shall be and remain part of the Premises and shall not be removed by Tenant at the end of the Term unless such removal is required by Landlord at the time Landlord approves the installation of such fixtures, Tenant Improvements, Alterations and/or appurtenances. Such fixtures, Tenant Improvements, Alterations and/or appurtenances shall include but not be limited to: all floor coverings, drapes, paneling, built-in cabinetry, molding, doors, vaults (including vault doors), plumbing systems, security systems, electrical systems, lighting systems, all fixtures and outlets for the systems mentioned above and for all telephone, radio and television purposes, and any special flooring or ceiling installations.

ARTICLE 30

MISCELLANEOUS

(a) SEVERABILITY: ENTIRE AGREEMENT . ANY PROVISION OF THIS LEASE WHICH SHALL PROVE TO BE INVALID, VOID, OR ILLEGAL SHALL IN NO WAY AFFECT, IMPAIR OR INVALIDATE ANY OTHER PROVISION HEREOF AND SUCH OTHER PROVISIONS SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT. THIS LEASE AND THE EXHIBITS AND ANY ADDENDUM ATTACHED HERETO CONSTITUTE THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO WITH REGARD TO TENANT’S OCCUPANCY OR USE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THE PROJECT, AND NO PRIOR AGREEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING PERTAINING TO ANY SUCH MATTER SHALL BE EFFECTIVE FOR ANY PURPOSE. NO PROVISION OF THIS LEASE MAY BE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED EXCEPT BY AN AGREEMENT IN WRITING SIGNED BY THE PARTIES HERETO OR THEIR SUCCESSOR IN INTEREST. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY DELETION OF LANGUAGE FROM THIS LEASE PRIOR TO ITS MUTUAL EXECUTION BY LANDLORD AND TENANT SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO HAVE ANY PARTICULAR MEANING OR TO RAISE ANY PRESUMPTION, CANON OF CONSTRUCTION OR IMPLICATION INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE PARTIES INTENDED THEREBY TO STATE THE CONVERSE, OBVERSE OR OPPOSITE OF THE DELETED LANGUAGE.

(b) Attorneys’ Fees; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(i) If any suit, action, arbitration or other proceeding, including, without limitation, an appellate proceeding, is instituted in connection with any controversy, dispute, default or breach arising out of this Lease, the prevailing or non-defaulting party shall be entitled to recover from the losing or defaulting party all reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys, paralegals and witnesses) incurred in connection

 

-29-


with the prosecution or defense of such proceeding, whether or not the proceeding is prosecuted to a final judgment or determination; provided , however , if there is no clear prevailing party, such fees, costs and expenses shall be borne as determined by the applicable fact finder. Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with enforcing its rights under this Lease against Tenant following a bankruptcy by Tenant.

(ii) Should Landlord, without fault on Landlord’s part, be made a party to any litigation instituted by Tenant or by any third party against Tenant, or by or against any person holding under or using the Premises by license of Tenant, or for the foreclosure of any lien for labor or material furnished to or for Tenant or any such other person or otherwise arising out of or resulting from any act or transaction of Tenant or of any such other person, Tenant covenants to save and hold Landlord harmless from any judgment rendered against Landlord or the Premises or any part thereof and from all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such litigation.

(iii) TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION SEEKING SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OF ANY PROVISION OF THIS LEASE, FOR DAMAGES FOR ANY BREACH UNDER THIS LEASE, OR OTHERWISE FOR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY RIGHT OR REMEDY HEREUNDER.

(c) Time of Essence . Each of Tenant’s covenants herein is a condition and time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease.

(d) Headings; Joint and Several . The article headings contained in this Lease are for convenience only and do not in any way limit or amplify any term or provision hereof. The terms “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular, the neuter shall include the masculine and feminine genders and the obligations herein imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several as to each of the persons, firms or corporations of which Tenant may be composed.

(e) Reserved Area . Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the exterior walls of the Premises and the area between the finished ceiling of the Premises and the slab of the floor of the Project thereabove have not been demised hereby and the use thereof together with the right to install, maintain, use, repair and replace pipes, ducts, conduits, wiring and cabling leading through, under or above the Premises or throughout the Project in locations which will not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises and serving other parts of the Project are hereby excepted and reserved unto Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord acknowledges that Tenant intends to have an open ceiling in the Premises, and Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate to maintain Tenant’s aesthetic to the extent such ceiling area is used by Landlord for Landlord’s benefit or for the benefit of other tenants of the Building.

(f) NO OPTION . THE SUBMISSION OF THIS LEASE BY LANDLORD, ITS AGENT OR REPRESENTATIVE FOR EXAMINATION OR EXECUTION BY TENANT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OPTION OR OFFER TO LEASE THE PREMISES UPON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN OR A RESERVATION OF THE PREMISES IN FAVOR OF TENANT, IT BEING INTENDED HEREBY THAT THIS LEASE SHALL ONLY BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXECUTION HEREOF BY LANDLORD AND TENANT AND DELIVERY OF A FULLY EXECUTED LEASE TO TENANT.

(g) Use of Project Name; Improvements . Tenant shall not be allowed to use the name, picture or representation of the Project, or words to that effect, in connection with any business carried on in the Premises or otherwise (except as Tenant’s address) without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event that Landlord undertakes any additional improvements on the Project or Common Areas including but not limited to new construction or renovation or additions to the existing improvements, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any noise, dust, vibration or interference with access to the Premises or disruption in Tenant’s business caused thereby.

(h) Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall observe faithfully and comply strictly with the rules and regulations (“ Rules and Regulations ”) attached to this Lease as Exhibit “B” and made a part hereof, and such other Rules and Regulations as Landlord may from time to time

 

-30-


reasonably adopt for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Project, the facilities thereof, or the preservation of good order therein. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of any such Rules and Regulations, or for the breach of any covenant or condition in any lease by any other tenant in the Project. A waiver by Landlord of any Rule or Regulation for any other tenant shall not constitute nor be deemed a waiver of the Rule or Regulation for Tenant. Any Rules and Regulations the application of which would conflict with any provisions of this Lease or with any rights granted to Tenant hereunder. Otherwise, Landlord will not apply the Rules and Regulations more strictly as against Tenant as such Rules and Regulations are enforced vis a vis other tenants and occupants, and Landlord will provide Tenant with reasonable advance written notice of any changes in the Rules and Regulations.

(i) Quiet Possession . Upon Tenant’s paying the Basic Rental, Additional Rent and other sums provided hereunder and observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed hereunder, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire Term hereof, subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

(j) Rent . All payments required to be made hereunder to Landlord shall be deemed to be rent, whether or not described as such.

(k) Successors and Assigns . Subject to the provisions of Article 15 hereof, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

(1) Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and may be given by personal service evidenced by a signed receipt or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or via overnight courier, and shall be effective upon proof of delivery, addressed to Tenant at the Premises or to Landlord, c/o Vulcan Inc., 505 5 th Avenue S, Suite 900, Seattle WA, 98104 Attn: Vice President, Real Estate, with a copy to Foster Pepper PLLC, 1111 Third Avenue, Suite 3400, Seattle, WA, 98101 Attn: Joseph E Delaney. Notices shall be deemed to have been given when received after deposit in the U.S. Mail in accordance with the requirements set forth herein or on the date of documented delivery or refusal to accept same if delivered in person or by overnight courier. Either party may by notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes. A copy of all notices to be given to Landlord hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted by Tenant to such party hereafter designated by notice from Landlord to Tenant.

(m) Persistent Delinquencies . In the event that Tenant shall be delinquent by more than fifteen (15) days in the payment of rent on three (3) separate occasions in any twelve (12) month period, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by thirty (30) days written notice given by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the last such delinquency.

(n) Right of Landlord to Perform . Except as otherwise provided herein, all covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement of rent. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, other than rent, required to be paid by it hereunder or shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, and such failure shall continue beyond any applicable cure period set forth in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, make any such payment or perform any such other act on Tenant’s part to be made or performed as is in this Lease provided. All sums so paid by Landlord and all reasonable incidental costs, together with interest thereon at the rate specified in Section 20(e) above from the date of such payment by Landlord, shall be payable to Landlord on demand and Tenant covenants to pay any such sums, and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of the nonpayment thereof by Tenant as in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of the rent.

(o) Access, Changes in Project, Facilities, Name .

(i) Except as otherwise provided herein, every part of the Project except the inside surfaces of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Premises (including exterior building walls, the rooftop, core corridor walls and doors and any core corridor entrance), and

 

-31-


any space in or adjacent to the Premises or within the Project used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance, decoration and repair, are reserved to Landlord.

(ii) Landlord reserves the right, without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor, to make such changes in or to the Project and the fixtures and equipment thereof, as well as in or to the street entrances, halls, passages, elevators, stairways and other improvements thereof, as it may deem necessary or desirable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Common Areas and the entrance and exit to the Premises and the Project will not be modified, reconfigured or altered in any manner that would materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises without Tenant’s prior written consent (which consent may be withheld in Tenant’s sole discretion), nor will any action be taken by Landlord with respect to the Common Areas the effect of which would be to (i) materially interfere with Tenant’s business operation in or diminish the use and enjoyment of the Premises for the purposes intended, or (ii) discriminate between tenants in the Project.

(iii) Landlord may adopt any name for the Project and Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to change the name and/or address of the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may not adopt a name for the Project that is not consistent with the operation of a first-class office project.

(p) Signing Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, Tenant represents and warrants that each individual executing this Lease on behalf of said entity is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said entity in accordance with: (i) if Tenant is a corporation, a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of said corporation or in accordance with the By-laws of said corporation, (ii) if Tenant is a partnership, the terms of the partnership agreement, and (iii) if Tenant is a limited liability company, the terms of its operating agreement, and that this Lease is binding upon said entity in accordance with its terms. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a copy of: (A) if Tenant is a corporation, such resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of this Lease on behalf of such corporation, which copy of resolution shall be duly certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation to be a true copy of a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of said corporation and shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (B) if Tenant is a partnership, a copy of the provisions of the partnership agreement granting the requisite authority to each individual executing this Lease on behalf of said partnership, and (C) if Tenant is a limited liability company, a copy of the provisions of its operating agreement granting the requisite authority to each individual executing this Lease on behalf of said limited liability company. Landlord represents and warrants that any individual executing this Lease on behalf of Landlord is authorized to do so by requisite action of the appropriate board, partnership, or other entity, as the case may be. Landlord has good and marketable fee simple title to the Project, including the Premises, with full right and authority to grant the estate demised herein and to execute and perform all of the terms and conditions of this Lease.

(q) Identification of Tenant .

(i) If Tenant constitutes more than one person or entity, (A) each of them shall be jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant, (B) the term “Tenant” as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of them jointly and severally, and (C) the act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them, with respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons or entities executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or so given or received such notice or refund or so signed.

(ii) If Tenant is a partnership (or is comprised of two or more persons, individually and as co-partners of a partnership) or if Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be assigned to a partnership (or to two or more persons, individually and as co-partners of a partnership) pursuant to Article 15 hereof (any such partnership and such persons hereinafter referred to in this Section 30(q)(ii) as “ Partnership Tenant ”), the following provisions of this Lease shall apply to such Partnership Tenant:

(A) The liability of each of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant shall be joint and several.

 

-32-


 

(B) Each of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant hereby consents in advance to, and agrees to be bound by, any written instrument which may hereafter be executed, changing, modifying or discharging this Lease, in whole or in part, or surrendering all or any part of the Premises to the Landlord, and by notices, demands, requests or other communication which may hereafter be given, by the individual or individuals authorized to execute this Lease on behalf of Partnership Tenant under Subparagraph (p) above.

(C) Any bills, statements, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or rendered to Partnership Tenant or to any of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant shall be deemed given or rendered to Partnership Tenant and to all such parties and shall be binding upon Partnership Tenant and all such parties.

(D) If Partnership Tenant admits new partners, all of such new partners shall, by their admission to Partnership Tenant, be deemed to have assumed performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed.

(E) Partnership Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of the admission of any such new partners, and, upon demand of Landlord, shall cause each such new partner to execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement in form satisfactory to Landlord, wherein each such new partner shall assume performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Partnership Tenant’s part to be observed and performed (but neither Landlord’s failure to request any such agreement nor the failure of any such new partner to execute or deliver any such agreement to Landlord shall terminate the provisions of clause (D) of this Section 30(q)(ii) or relieve any such new partner of its obligations thereunder).

(r) Intentionally Omitted .

(s) Survival of Obligations . Any obligations of Tenant occurring prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall survive such expiration or earlier termination.

(t) Confidentiality . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. The parties shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information, except as required by law, to any person or entity other than such party’s financial, legal and space planning consultants and any proposed Transferees.

(u) Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Arizona. No conflicts of law rules of any state or country (including, without limitation, Arizona conflicts of law rules) shall be applied to result in the application of any substantive or procedural laws of any state or country other than Arizona. All controversies, claims, actions or causes of action arising between the parties hereto and/or their respective successors and assigns, shall be brought, heard and adjudicated by the courts of the State of Arizona, with venue in the county in which the Project is located. Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to personal jurisdiction by the courts of the State of Arizona in connection with any such controversy, claim, action or cause of action, and each of the parties hereto consents to service of process by any means authorized by Arizona law and consent to the enforcement of any judgment so obtained in the courts of the State of Arizona on the same terms and conditions as if such controversy, claim, action or cause of action had been originally heard and adjudicated to a final judgment in such courts. Each of the parties hereto further acknowledges that the laws and courts of Arizona were freely and voluntarily chosen to govern this Lease and to adjudicate any claims or disputes hereunder.

(v) Office of Foreign Assets Control . Each party hereto represents and warrants to the other that such party is not, and is not acting, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of, any person or entity named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” (as defined in Presidential Executive Order 13224) on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury

 

-33-


Department Office of Foreign Assets Control, and that such party is not engaged in this transaction, directly or indirectly, on behalf of, and is not facilitating this transaction, directly or indirectly, on behalf of, any such person or entity. Each party also represents and warrants to the other that neither such party nor its constituents or affiliates are in violation of any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including the aforesaid Executive Order and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56), as amended. Each party hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other party from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing representations and warranties by the indemnifying party.

(w) Financial Statements . No more often than once per calendar year and within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with current financial statements of Tenant and financial statements for the two (2) calendar or fiscal years (if Tenant’s fiscal year is other than a calendar year) prior to the current financial statement year. Any such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to provide financial statements so long as the financial statements of Tenant are available at or at www.llnw.com or at such other website provided by Tenant.

(x) Exhibits . The Exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein by this reference as if fully set forth herein.

(y) Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent (and not dependent) and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to set off of any of the rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

(z) Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement.

(aa) Non-Discriminatio n. Tenant herein covenants that Tenant and its heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through Tenant, and this Lease is made and accepted upon and subject to the following conditions:

“That there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or group of persons on account of race, color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, national origin or ancestry, in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, use, occupancy, tenure or enjoyment of the Premises, nor shall Tenant, or any person claiming under or through Tenant, establish or permit any such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use or occupancy of tenants, subtenants or vendees in the Premises.”

ARTICLE 31

EXTENSION OPTION

(a) Option Right . Landlord hereby grants the Tenant and named in this Lease or any Affiliate (the “ Original Tenant ”) one (1) option (“ Option ”) to extend the Term for the entire Premises for a period of five (5) years (“ Option Term ” and together with the Initial Term, the “ Term ”), which Option shall be exercisable only by written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord as set forth below. The rights contained in this Article 31 shall be personal to the Original Tenant and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant (and not any assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant occupies at least seventy percent (70%) of the Premises as of the date of Tenant’s Acceptance (as defined in Section 31(c) below).

(b) Option Rent . The rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (“ Option Rent ”) shall be equal to the “Market Rent” (defined below), but in no event shall the Option Rent

 

-34-


be less than Tenant is paying under the Lease on the month immediately preceding the Option Term for Basic Rental, including all escalations, Direct Costs, additional rent and other charges. “ Market Rent ” shall mean the applicable Basic Rental, including all escalations, Direct Costs, additional rent and other charges at which tenants, as of the commencement of the Option Term, are entering into leases for non-sublease space which is not encumbered by expansion rights and which is comparable in size, location and quality to the Premises in renewal transactions for a term comparable to the Option Term which comparable space is located in the Project and in office buildings comparable to the Project in age, size, location and quality, in Tempe, Arizona, taking into consideration the value of the existing improvements in the Premises to Tenant, as compared to the value of the existing improvements in such comparable space, with such value to be based upon the age, quality and layout of the improvements and the extent to which the same could be utilized by Tenant with consideration given to the fact that the improvements existing in the Premises are specifically suitable to Tenant.

(c) Exercise of Option . The Option shall be exercised by Tenant upon written notice to Landlord no later than three hundred sixty-five (365) days prior to the expiration of the initial Term of this Lease. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s determination of the Market Rate within thirty (30) days following receipt of Tenant’s notice. If, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such market rate notice, Tenant fails to notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s objections to Landlord’s proposed Market Rent, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted Landlord’s Market Rent and Landlord will prepare an appropriate amendment to the Lease. If, within the 15-day period, Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of its objections to Landlord’s proposed Market Rent, the parties agree to negotiate their differences in good faith within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s notice of objections to Landlord. If the parties fail to agree on a Market Rent within the 30-day period, Tenant shall have ten (10) days thereafter within which to withdraw its notice or to notify Landlord of its desire to arbitrate the Market Rent. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of its election within the ten (10) day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected to arbitrate as of the last day of the 10 day period, and the determination of Market Rent shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the provisions of (d) below.

(d) Appraisal. In the event of a continuing dispute concerning Market Rent, Tenant and Landlord shall each appoint a local appraiser who is a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers, or if it shall not then be in existence, a member of the most nearly comparable organization, and who has a minimum of five (5) years experience in the Phoenix, Arizona commercial office leasing market, who is licensed by the State of Arizona and who is not affiliated with either party or involved in an active transaction in which either party is also involved. Each party shall notify the other as to the name and address of the appraiser selected within ten (10) days after the arbitration election date. Each appraiser shall, during the next five (5) days, calculate the Market Rent and notify both parties of said determination of Market Rent. If the two appraisers agree upon a Market Rent, such determination shall be final and binding on the parties. If the difference between the rate calculated by each appraiser is $0.20 per rentable square foot or less, the parties may mutually agree to elect to average the rates calculated by the two appraisers, such option to be exercised by written notice from each party to the other party and to the appraisers within five (5) days after receipt of notice by the appraisers of their Market Rent calculations. If both parties do not elect to average, the rates calculated by the two appraisers will not be so averaged. If Landlord and Tenant agree to such an averaging, the resulting figure shall be the agreed upon Market Rent. If Landlord and Tenant fail to agree to such an averaging within the 5-day notice period, the two appraisers shall select a third appraiser, who shall satisfy the same professional qualification requirements set forth above, and the appraisers will then notify Landlord and Tenant of such appraiser’s name, address and selection within five (5) days following the failure of the parties to agree upon an averaged rate. The third appraiser will select one or the other of the two calculations of Market Rent submitted by the other two appraisers and will notify the parties and the appraisers within ten (10) days of being selected to make the Market Rent determination. The determination of the third appraiser shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant.

ARTICLE 32

SIGNAGE

Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Lease Term, and provided Tenant is not in default hereunder, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost

 

-35-


and expense, subject to the Tenant Allowance, to install (i) a building top sign permitted by Applicable Laws (which sign shall be located on the north half of the east face of the Building immediately below the rooftop, in the location and size as depicted on Exhibit “F” ), and (ii) a ground level sign at the main entry of the Project as depicted on Exhibit “F” , and (iii) building directory and suite entry signage (collectively, “ Tenant’s Signage ”). No other sign may be located on the north half of the east face of the Building. Tenant’s Signage shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval as to size, design, location, graphics, materials, colors and similar specifications and shall be consistent with the exterior design, materials and appearance of the Project and the Project’s signage program and shall be further subject to all Applicable Laws (including, without limitation, any comprehensive sign plan) and Tenant’s receipt of all permits and other governmental approvals and any applicable covenants, conditions and restrictions. Tenant’s Signage shall be personal to the Original Tenant and may not be assigned to any assignee or sublessee, or any other person or entity, except as provided in Article 15 above. Tenant shall lose its sign rights if it no longer occupies at least fifty percent (50%) of the original Premises. Landlord has the right , but not the obligation, to oversee the installation of Tenant’s Signage. The cost to maintain and operate, if any, Tenant’s Signage shall be paid for by Tenant, subject to the Tenant Allowance, and, if applicable, Tenant shall be separately metered for such expense (the cost of separately metering any utility usage shall also be paid for by Tenant). Upon the expiration of the Term, or other earlier termination of this Lease, or loss of its sign rights, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all costs associated with the removal of Tenant’s Signage, including , but not limited to, the cost to repair and restore the Project to its original condition.

ARTICLE 33

EXPANSION RIGHTS

(a) Right of First Refusal .

(i) Grant . Commencing after Landlord’s original lease up of the Project, Landlord grants Tenant a right of first offer (“ Right of First Offer ”) to lease any space on the sixth floor in the Project, that is vacated and thereafter becomes available for rent during the Term of this Lease, subject to the terms of this Article 33 (any such space being referred to herein as the “ Expansion Space ”). The Right of First Offer shall be null and void in the event Tenant is in default under this Lease, as of the date or any time after Tenant tenders to Landlord the Acceptance (as hereinafter defined). If any Expansion Space becomes available for lease at any time during the Term of this Lease, then, Landlord shall give written notice thereof (the “ Offer Notice ”) to Tenant, which shall provide for the Rent and other terms and conditions that are acceptable to Landlord for the Expansion Space.

(ii) Tenant’s Acceptance . Tenant shall have fifteen (15) business days after receipt of the Offer Notice from Landlord to advise Landlord of Tenant’s election (the “ Acceptance ”) to lease the Expansion Space on the same terms and conditions as Landlord has specified in its Offer Notice. If the Acceptance is so given, then Landlord and Tenant shall promptly negotiate and sign an amendment to this Lease, adding the Expansion Space to the Premises and incorporating all of the terms and conditions originally contained in Landlord’s Offer Notice.

(iii) Failure to Accept Extinguishes Rights . If Tenant does not tender the Acceptance, then Landlord may lease the Expansion Space to any third party it chooses without liability to Tenant, on economic terms and conditions at least 90% as favorable to Landlord as those specified in Landlord’s Offer Notice, and Tenant’s option to expand into that Expansion Space not accepted or deemed to be not accepted by Tenant shall be null and void thereafter, except in the event such Expansion Space again is vacated and thereafter becomes available for rent during the Term of this Lease, in which case Tenant shall again have a Right of First Offer with respect to such space. If Landlord agrees to lease the Expansion Space to another tenant on terms less than 90% as favorable to Landlord than those specified in Landlord’s Offer Notice, Tenant must first be offered the Expansion Space on the more favorable terms before such Expansion Space may be leased to the other tenant; provided that, in this situation, Tenant will make its election within three (3) business days of receipt of Landlord’s notice of more favorable terms.

 

-36-


 

(b) General Terms . The rights set forth in this Article are personal to the original Tenant signing the Lease and any Affiliate, and shall be null, void and of no further force or effect as of the date that Tenant assigns the Lease to any non-Affiliate entity. In addition, Tenant’s election either to exercise or not to exercise its Right of First Offer as to particular offered space shall not terminate such continuing right to lease as to other space which may become available within the Project.

 

-37-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease, consisting of the foregoing provisions and Articles, including all exhibits and other attachments referenced therein, as of the date first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”   By: GATEWAY TEMPE GATEWAY LLC, a
  Washington limited liability company
      By:   ARIZONA INVESTORS LLC
      a Washington limited liability company
      Its: Manager
    By:  

LOGO

      Its:  

Vice President

 

“TENANT”   LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
  By:  

/s/ Douglas S. Lindroth

  Print Name:  

Douglas S. Lindroth

  Title:  

CFO

 

-38-


 

EXHIBIT “A”

PREMISES

This Exhibit “A” is provided for informational purposes only and is intended to be only an approximation of the layout of the Premises and shall not be deemed to constitute any representation by Landlord as to the exact layout or configuration of the Premises.

 

-1-


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

EXHIBIT “A-1”

PROJECT LEGAL DESCRIPTION

PARCEL NO. 1:

LOT 1, OF TEMPE GATEWAY, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT OF RECORD IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY, RECORDER OF MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA, RECORDED IN BOOK 1004, PAGE 26.

PARCEL NO. 2:

NON-EXCLUSIVE EASEMENTS FOR VEHICULAR AND PEDESTRIAN INGRESS, AND EGRESS FOR EMERGENCY ACCESS, VEHICULAR PARKING, UTILITIES, CONSTRUCTION AS MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED IN THE DECLARATION OF COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, RESTRICTIONS AND EASEMENTS FOR TEMPE GATEWAY, RECORDED FEBRUARY 29, 2008 AS 2008-181770 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS.

PARCEL NO. 3:

NON-EXCLUSIVE EASEMENTS FOR INGRESS AND EGRESS AND PARKING AS MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED IN RECIPROCAL EASEMENT AGREEMENT RECORDED APRIL 30, 2009 AS 2009-386761 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS.

 

EXHIBIT “A-1”

-1-


 

EXHIBIT “B”

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. No sign, advertisement or notice shall be displayed, printed or affixed on or to the Premises or to the outside or inside of the Project or so as to be visible from outside the Premises or Project without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to remove any non-approved sign, advertisement or notice, without notice to and at the expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable in damages for such removal. All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by Landlord or by a person selected by Landlord and in a manner and style acceptable to Landlord.

2. Tenant shall not obtain for use on the Premises ice, waxing, cleaning, interior glass polishing, rubbish removal, towel or other similar services, or accept barbering or bootblackening, or coffee cart services, milk, soft drinks or other like services on the Premises, except from persons authorized by Landlord and at the hours and under regulations fixed by Landlord. No vending machines or machines of any description shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

3. The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress and egress from Tenant’s Premises. Under no circumstances is trash to be stored in the corridors. Notice must be given to Landlord for any large deliveries. Furniture, freight and other large or heavy articles, and all other deliveries may be brought into the Project only at times and in the manner designated by Landlord, and always at Tenant’s sole responsibility and risk. Landlord may impose reasonable charges for use of freight elevators after or before normal business hours. All damage done to the Project by moving or maintaining such furniture, freight or articles shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall not take or permit to be taken in or out of entrances or passenger elevators of the Project, any item normally taken, or which Landlord otherwise reasonably requires to be taken, in or out through service doors or on freight elevators. Tenant shall move all supplies, furniture and equipment as soon as received directly to the Premises, and shall move all waste that is at any time being taken from the Premises directly to the areas designated for disposal.

4. Toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein.

5. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises or mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, ceilings or floor or in any way deface the Premises. Tenant shall not place typed, handwritten or computer generated signs in the corridors or any other Common Areas. Should there be a need for signage additional to the Project standard tenant placard, a written request shall be made to Landlord to obtain approval prior to any installation. All costs for said signage shall be Tenant’s responsibility.

6. In no event shall Tenant place a load upon any floor of the Premises or portion of any such flooring exceeding the floor load per square foot of area for which such floor is designed to carry and which is allowed by law, or any machinery or equipment which shall cause excessive vibration to the Premises or noticeable vibration to any other part of the Project. Prior to bringing any heavy safes, vaults, large computers or similarly heavy equipment into the Project, Tenant shall inform Landlord in writing of the dimensions and weights thereof and shall obtain Landlord’s consent thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such consent shall not constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord that the safe, vault or other equipment complies, with regard to distribution of weight and/or vibration, with the provisions of this Rule 6 nor relieve Tenant from responsibility for the consequences of such noncompliance, and any such safe, vault or other equipment which Landlord determines to constitute a danger of damage to the Project or a nuisance to other tenants, either alone or in combination with other heavy and/or vibrating objects and equipment, shall be promptly removed by Tenant, at Tenant’s cost, upon Landlord’s written notice of such determination and demand for removal thereof.

 

EXHIBIT “B”

-1-


 

7. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or Project any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable, explosive or combustible fluid or material, or use any method of heating or air-conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

8. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord.

9. Tenant shall not install or use any blinds, shades, awnings or screens in connection with any window or door of the Premises and shall not use any drape or window covering facing any exterior glass surface other than the standard drapes, blinds or other window covering established by Landlord.

10. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in obtaining maximum effectiveness of the cooling system by closing window coverings when the sun’s rays fall directly on windows of the Premises. Tenant shall not obstruct, alter, or in any way impair the efficient operation of Landlord’s heating, ventilating and air-conditioning system. Tenant shall not tamper with or change the setting of any thermostats or control valves. Tenant shall participate in reasonable recycling programs undertaken by Landlord as part of Landlord’s sustainability practices including, without limitation, the sorting and separation of its trash and recycling into such categories as required by such sustainability practices.

11. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the permitted use of the Premises. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied or used for the manufacture or sale of liquor or tobacco in any form, or a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purpose. No auction shall be conducted on the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises, or disturb or interfere with occupants of Project or neighboring buildings or premises or those having business with it by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonographs or unusual noise, or in any other way.

13. No bicycles, vehicles or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Premises, and no cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant in the Premises, except that the preparation of coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar items for tenants, their employees and visitors shall be permitted. No tenant shall cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to be produced in or permeate from or throughout the Premises. The foregoing notwithstanding, Tenant shall have the right to use a microwave and to heat microwavable items typically heated in an office. No hot plates, toasters, toaster ovens or similar open element cooking apparatus shall be permitted in the Premises.

14. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Project shall not be covered or obstructed by any tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the window sills. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Project must be of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved in advance by Landlord.

15. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by any tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanisms thereof unless Landlord is first notified thereof, gives written approval, and is furnished a key therefor. Each tenant must, upon the termination of his tenancy, give to Landlord all keys and key cards of stores, offices, or toilets or toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, such tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, such tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such change. If more than two keys for one lock are desired, Landlord will provide them upon payment therefor by Tenant. Tenant shall

 

EXHIBIT “B”

-2-


not key or re-key any locks. All locks shall be keyed by Landlord’s locksmith only. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a card key system to be installed by Tenant provided such system is compatible with the building security system.

16. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Project or its desirability as an office building and upon written notice from Landlord any tenant shall refrain from and discontinue such advertising.

17. Landlord reserves the right to control access to the Project by all persons after reasonable hours of generally recognized business days and at all hours on Sundays and Building Holidays and may at all times control access to the equipment areas of the Project outside the Premises. Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests after hours access and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to establish reasonable rules and charges pertaining to freight elevator usage, including the allocation and reservation of such usage for tenants’ initial move-in to their premises, and final departure therefrom. Landlord may also establish from time to time reasonable rules and charges for accessing the equipment areas of the Project, including the risers, rooftops and telephone closets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s employees shall have access to the Premises 24 hours a day, seven days a week subject to reasonable security procedures.

18. Any person employed by any tenant to do janitorial work shall, while in the Project and outside of the Premises, be subject to and under the control and direction of the Office of the Project or its designated representative such as security personnel (but not as an agent or servant of Landlord, and the Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons).

19. All doors opening on to public corridors shall be kept closed, except when being used for ingress and egress. Tenant shall cooperate and comply with any reasonable safety or security programs, including fire drills and air raid drills, and the appointment of “fire wardens” developed by Landlord for the Project, or required by law. Before leaving the Premises unattended, Tenant shall close and securely lock all doors or other means of entry to the Premises and shut off all lights and water faucets in the Premises.

20. The requirements of tenants will be attended to only upon application to the Office of the Project.

21. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Project are prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

22. All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by tenants in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise or annoyance.

23. No air-conditioning unit or other similar apparatus shall be installed or used by any tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall pay the cost of all electricity used for air-conditioning in the Premises if such electrical consumption exceeds normal office requirements, regardless of whether additional apparatus is installed pursuant to the preceding sentence.

24. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Project, either by any tenant or others, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards.

25. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Project must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord. Tenant shall not permit the consumption in the Premises of more than 2  1 / 2 watts per net usable square foot in the Premises in respect of office lighting nor shall Tenant permit the consumption in the Premises of more than 1  1 / 2 watts per net usable square foot of space in the Premises in respect of the power outlets therein, at any one time. In the event that such limits are exceeded, Landlord shall have the right to charge Tenant for the cost of the additional electricity consumed and the installation of a separate meter or sub-meter for the Premises, in accordance with the Lease.

 

EXHIBIT “B”

-3-


 

26. Parking.

(a) Project parking facility hours shall be 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday (“Parking Hours”). Parking outside of Parking Hours will be available twenty-four hours per day and shall be available on a first-come, first-served basis, and, for those entering the garage outside of Parking Hours, will be charged to Tenant, to the extent charged to Landlord, in accordance with the Parking Use License and Operating Agreement (“ Parking Agreement ”) affecting the parking facility; provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to use 35 stalls during the Licensee Use Period under such Parking Agreement at no additional cost to Tenant. Any such charges are Additional Rent under the Lease.

(b) Automobiles must be parked entirely within the stall lines on the floor.

(c) All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

(d) The speed limit shall be 5 miles per hour.

(e) Parking is prohibited in areas not striped for parking.

(f) Parking cards or any other device or form of identification supplied by Landlord (or its operator) shall remain the property of Landlord (or its operator). Such parking identification device must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the parking identification device may not be obliterated. Devices are not transferable or assignable and any device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void. There will be a replacement charge to the Tenant or person designated by Tenant of $25.00 for loss of any parking card. 256 cards will be initially issued to Tenant at no charge.

(f) The monthly rate for parking is payable one (1) month in advance and must be paid by the third business day of each month. Failure to do so will automatically cancel parking privileges and a charge at the prevailing daily rate will be due. No deductions or allowances from the monthly rate will be made for days parker does not use the parking facilities.

(g) Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may approve, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

(h) Landlord (and its operator) may refuse to permit any person who violates the within rules to park in the Project parking facility, and any violation of the rules shall subject the automobile to removal from the Project parking facility at the parker’s expense. In either of said events, Landlord (or its operator) shall refund a prorata portion of the current monthly parking rate and the sticker or any other form of identification supplied by Landlord (or its operator) will be returned to Landlord (or its operator).

(i) Project parking facility managers or attendants are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these Rules and Regulations.

(j) All responsibility for any loss or damage to automobiles or any personal property therein is assumed by the parker.

(k) Loss or theft of parking identification devices from automobiles must be reported to the Project parking facility manager immediately, and a lost or stolen report must be filed by the parker at that time.

(1) The parking facilities are for the sole purpose of parking one automobile per space. Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicles by the parker or his agents is prohibited.

(m) Landlord (and its operator) reserves the right to refuse the issuance of monthly stickers or other parking identification devices to any Tenant and/or its employees who refuse to comply with the above Rules and Regulations and all City, State or Federal ordinances, laws or agreements.

(n) Tenant agrees to acquaint all employees with these Rules and Regulations.

 

EXHIBIT “B”

-4-


 

(o) No vehicle shall be stored in the Project parking facility for a period of more than one (1) week.

27. The Project is a non-smoking Project. Smoking or carrying lighted cigars or cigarettes in the Premises or the Project, including the elevators in the Project, is prohibited.

28. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s absolute discretion), allow any employee or agent to carry and type of gun or other firearm in or about any of the Premises or Project.

 

EXHIBIT “B”

-5-


 

EXHIBIT “C”

NOTICE OF TERM DATES

AND TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE

 

TO:  

 

      DATE:   

 

 

        

 

        

 

RE:   Lease dated                              , 20      , between                                                                                                                           
                                                                                     (“ Landlord ”), and                                                                                  
                                                                                     (“ Tenant ”), concerning Suite                  , located at
 

                                                                                   

  .

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In accordance with the Lease, Landlord wishes to advise and/or confirm the following:

1. That the Premises have been accepted herewith by the Tenant as being substantially complete in accordance with the Lease and that there is no deficiency in construction.

2. That the Tenant has taken possession of the Premises and acknowledges that under the provisions of the Lease the Term of said Lease shall commence as of                      for a term of                                          ending on                                          .

3. That in accordance with the Lease, Basic Rental commenced to accrue on                                          .

4. If the Commencement Date of the Lease is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a prorata adjustment. Each billing thereafter shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in said Lease.

5. Rent is due and payable in advance on the first day of each and every month during the Term of said Lease. Your rent checks should be made payable to                                          at                                                                                        .

6. The exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises is                  square feet.

7. Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as adjusted based upon the exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises is                  %.

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
TENANT:

 

  ,
a  

 

By:  

 

  Its:  

 

 

EXHIBIT “C”

-1-


 

EXHIBIT “D”

WORK LETTER

 

EXHIBIT “D”

-1-


 

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

 

LANDLORD:    GATEWAY TEMPE LLC , a Washington limited liability company
TENANT:    LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC. , a Delaware corporation
DATE:    _________________

RECITALS

A. Concurrently with the execution of this Work Letter Agreement (the “ Work Letter ”), Landlord and Tenant have entered into a Standard Office Lease (the “ Lease ”) covering certain leased premises (the “ Premises ”) in the building known as Tempe Gateway and located at 222 South Mill Avenue, Tempe, Arizona (the “ Building ”), as more particularly described in the Lease.

B. To induce Tenant to enter into the Lease (which is hereby incorporated by reference to the extent that the provisions of the Lease apply hereto) and in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Base Building . Landlord confirms that it has received no notice of violation with respect to the compliance of the Building with (i) all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, governmental and quasi-governmental laws and local codes including, without limitation, O.S.H.A. rules and regulations, the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ ADA ”) and/or any comparable state or local statutes or regulations (“ Applicable Laws ”); and (ii) all private covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Building (“ Deed Restrictions ”), if any. The Base Building includes all base, shell and core improvements, and all improvements to the common areas of the Building as more specifically set forth in Schedule 1 to this Work Letter (the “ Base Building ”).

2. Tenant Improvements . “ Tenant Improvements ” shall include all work to be done within the Premises including the ceiling grid, HVAC duct work, VAV boxes and distribution system, partitioning, interior doors, floor covering and finishes, reflective ceiling, lighting fixtures, electrical outlets and switches, telephone outlets, plumbing fixtures, paint and wall coverings, window coverings, shelving and other millwork and locations for computer equipment, modifications to, and extensions of, the fire and life safety systems, and all work related to such items, including the preparation of any plans related thereto. Tenant Improvements shall not include anything that is a part of the Base Building as set forth in Schedule 1 to this Work Letter. Landlord will construct the Tenant Improvements in accordance with all Applicable Laws and Deed Restrictions, if any, and in accordance with the Tenant Improvement Plans as defined in Paragraph 4 below. Landlord will provide the Tenant Allowance described in Paragraph 8 below. All Tenant Improvements will be done to the standards and using the materials and finishes set forth in the Tenant Improvement Plans.

 

- 1 -


 

3. Parties’ Responsibilities .

(a) Landlord’s Responsibilities . Landlord will make any necessary modifications to the Base Building so that it is in compliance with Applicable Laws, Deed Restrictions and Schedule 1 at Landlord’s sole cost. Landlord will construct the Tenant Improvements at Landlord’s cost up to the Tenant Allowance, and at Tenant’s sole cost above the Tenant Allowance. Landlord has previously provided Tenant with all information, documents and plans (including plans and construction drawings, including as-built plans and record drawings in CAD format for the Base Building) for Tenant’s architect to use in preparing space plans and working drawings. Landlord will be responsible for the review and approval of all plans and construction drawings for the Tenant Improvements as provided in Paragraph 4 below. Upon approval of such plans by both parties, Landlord will be responsible for ensuring that all of the work done to construct and prepare the Premises shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner in compliance with all Applicable Laws and Deed Restrictions (if any), and in accordance with all approved plans and construction schedules. Landlord shall supervise the completion of all such work and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to secure completion of all work in a timely manner so that Tenant is able to occupy the Premises within two hundred fifty-five (255) days after the date hereof (subject to extension as provided herein).

(b) Tenant’s Responsibilities . Tenant shall be responsible for the preparation and approval of preliminary space plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements in sufficient detail so as to enable Landlord to estimate the cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements (“ Space Plans ”), and Tenant shall be responsible for the preparation and approval of the final construction drawings and specifications for the Tenant Improvements (“ Working Drawings ”). Tenant shall cause such Working Drawings to be prepared and delivered to Landlord within seventy-five (75) days after the date hereof, subject to tolling as described below. Tenant shall also be responsible for the timely review and approval of the Tenant Improvement Plans as described in Paragraph 4 below, for the payment of any Tenant approved charges in excess of the Tenant Allowance.

(c) Mutual Cooperation . The parties agree to work together in good faith and to cooperate reasonably with one another so as to facilitate the completion of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the terms of this Work Letter.

4. Tenant Improvement Plans .

(a) Within a reasonable time following execution of the Lease, Tenant’s architect shall prepare Space Plans for the Premises and, after approval by Tenant, said Space Plans shall be submitted to Landlord for approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. If Landlord desires modifications to the Space Plans, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing within ten (10) business days following its receipt thereof, the parties shall promptly confer to reach agreement on the Space Plans. Tenant’s 75 day period for submission of the Working Drawings shall be tolled during Landlord’s period of

 

- 2 -


review of the Space Plans. If Landlord fails to notify Tenant of any objections to the Space Plans within the 10 business day period, Tenant may deliver a notice to Landlord requesting a response to Tenant’s Space Plans. If Landlord fails to respond to that notice within three (3) business days, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved said Space Plans. Within fifteen (15) days after approval or deemed approval of the Space Plans by both parties, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a reasonably detailed breakdown of Landlord’s estimate of the total costs to design and construct the Tenant Improvements (“ Landlord’s Cost Estimate ”). If Tenant shall disapprove of Landlord’s Cost Estimate within five (5) business days after receipt of the same, Tenant shall revise the Space Plans to decrease the cost of the work, and shall resubmit the same to Landlord for review and approval in accordance with the process set forth above. Any time that any such re-submittals and approvals shall take shall be considered Tenant Delay. Tenant shall not be entitled to revise its Space Plans more than four (4) times in response to a Landlord’s Cost Estimate, If Tenant fails to timely reject Landlord’s Cost Estimate, Tenant’s approval shall be deemed granted.

(b) Within a reasonable time after Tenant’s approval or deemed approval of Landlord’s Cost Estimate, Tenant shall cause its architect to prepare permit-ready final Working Drawings (which shall be consistent with the approved Space Plans), shall review and approve such Working Drawings, and within 75 days after execution of this Lease (subject to tolling for the time Landlord takes to review Space Plans) shall submit the same to Landlord for approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. Any delays caused by changes to the Working Plans that are not materially consistent with the Space Plans shall be treated as Tenant Delay. If Landlord requests modifications to the Working Drawings, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing within ten (10) business days of Landlord’s receipt of said drawings from Tenant. If Tenant objects to any modifications requested by Landlord to the Working Drawings, the parties shall promptly confer to resolve all issues related thereto. If Landlord fails to notify Tenant of any modifications within the 10-business day period, Tenant may deliver a notice to Landlord requesting a response to Tenant’s Working Drawings. If Landlord fails to respond to that notice within three (3) business days, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved said Working Drawings. Once approved by both parties, the Working Drawings and the Space Plans shall be referred to collectively herein as the “ Tenant Improvement Plans .” Tenant shall cause the Tenant Improvement Plans to be in compliance with Applicable Laws.

(c) Once approved by both parties, the Tenant Improvement Plans shall not be changed without Landlord’s and Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. Tenant may revise the Tenant Improvement Plans in an effort to reduce Landlord’s Cost Estimate, which revisions are subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any delays caused by Working Drawings that are inconsistent with the Space Plans, or by revisions to the Tenant Improvement Plans submitted by Tenant constitute a Tenant Delay.

(d) Landlord shall provide Tenant with a draft schedule (the “Work Schedule”) setting forth the various items of Landlord’s Work and duration of each task; such schedule shall be a commercially reasonable estimate of the time periods for the items of

 

- 3 -


Landlord’s Work. Landlord anticipates the time period for bidding and permitting of Landlord’s Work shall be sixty (60) days. Landlord anticipates that the time period for construction shall be one hundred twenty (120) days. Upon approval by Tenant and Landlord, the Work Schedule shall become the basis for completing the Landlord’s Work. Failure by Tenant to approve or disapprove the Work Schedule within five (5) working days following the date of initial submittal by Landlord shall be deemed approval thereof. Such approved Work Schedule shall be part of the bid package that Landlord submits to general contractors. The time period for construction in the Work Schedule shall not be less than one hundred twenty (120) days, unless agreed to by Tenant.

5. Bidding the Job .

(a) Within twenty (20) days following approval of the Tenant Improvement Plans by both parties, Landlord shall secure a minimum of three (3) independent bids from general contractors qualified to handle the construction of a project of this scope and complexity who can satisfy the following qualifications, or are otherwise mutually satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant: (i) the contractor shall be a contractor who has successfully completed work of a similar nature and complexity on three (3) or more other comparable projects within the last five (5) years; (ii) the contractor shall be capable of securing bonding and insurance for the potential contract; (iii) and (iv) the contractor shall have been in the business of performing general contractor services for a minimum of five (5) years within the metropolitan area in which the Building is located. Each of the independent bids must meet the time periods in the Work Schedule.

(b) Landlord shall promptly provide copies of all the bids from the contractors satisfying the deadlines set for the in the approved Work Schedule to Tenant. If the price of the lowest qualifying bid received exceeds Landlord’s Cost Estimate by ten percent (10%) or more, Tenant may cause the Tenant Improvement Plans to be revised in accordance with the process set forth in Paragraphs 4(a) and (b) above in an effort to reduce the cost of the Tenant Improvements, in which case Landlord shall resubmit the revised Tenant Improvement Plans to bid in the manner set forth in Paragraph 5(a) above; the time periods for such process shall be Tenant Delay. If Tenant fails to request revision to the Tenant Improvement Plans within five (5) business days after receipt of the last of the three (3) bids, or fails to otherwise notify Landlord within such five (5) business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the lowest bid; provided that if the scope of work associated with the lowest bid does not accurately reflect the Tenant Improvement Plans, the next lowest bid will be deemed approved. In the event the approved bid exceeds the Tenant Allowance, Tenant shall deposit the difference with Landlord within ten (10) days.

(c) Following the receipt of bids or revised bids, as applicable, and if a contractor has not been deemed approved pursuant to Paragraph 5(b) above, Landlord and Tenant jointly shall select the contractor (“ Contractor ”) to construct the Tenant Improvements.

6. Intentionally deleted .

 

- 4 -


 

7. Construction .

(a) Process and Schedule . As soon as reasonably practicable after the selection of the Contractor, and with full cooperation of Tenant’s architect, Landlord shall cause all necessary permits to be secured, and shall cause the Contractor to promptly commence and to complete construction in accordance with the Tenant Improvement Plans. Landlord shall supervise the completion of the Tenant Improvements and any necessary modifications to the Base Building and shall use its best efforts to ensure that the Premises are substantially completed (as provided in Paragraph 9 below) within two hundred fifty-five (255) days after the date hereof (subject to extension as provided herein). All work shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner using quality materials and finishes as specified in the Tenant Improvement Plans.

(b) Construction Standards . The Tenant Improvements shall substantially comply with the following: (i) Applicable Laws, as each may apply according to the rulings of the controlling public official, agent or other authority; (ii) building material manufacturer’s specifications; and (iii) the Tenant Improvement Plans. Landlord shall obtain and pay for all necessary licenses, permits and certificates of occupancy required for the work to construct the Tenant Improvements, which amount shall be deducted from the Tenant Allowance.

(c) Warranties . The Contractor shall warrant that the Tenant Improvements shall be free from any defects in workmanship and materials for a period of not less than one (1) year from the date of completion thereof. The construction contracts entered into by Landlord in connection with this Work Letter shall provide that each contractor and each subcontractor shall be responsible for the replacement or repair, without additional charge, of all work done or furnished in accordance with its contract that shall become defective within one (1) year after substantial completion of the work performed by such contractor or subcontractors and Tenant shall be a third party beneficiary of such warranties.

8. Payment for Tenant Improvements .

(a) Landlord will provide to Tenant an allowance of Forty Dollars ($40.00) per usable square foot of the Premises (“ Tenant Allowance ”). Landlord and Tenant agree that the usable square foot area of the Premises is 59,038 square feet as previously measured in accordance with the “American National Standard ASNI/BOMA Z65.1-2010: Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings” issued by the Building Owners and Managers Association International (“ BOMA Standard ”).

(b) Except as provided otherwise herein, the cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements, project management on behalf of Tenant, preparing the Space Plans and Working Drawings, Tenant’s signage permitted under the Lease, built-in furniture, cabinetry and other millwork and any communications infrastructure shall be charged against the Tenant Allowance.

(c) In the event that Tenant shall request any changes or substitutions to the Tenant Improvements after the Tenant Improvement Plans have been prepared and the Contractor’s bid for the Tenant Improvements has been accepted, any additional costs which cause the Tenant Improvements to exceed the Tenant Allowance shall be paid by Tenant, provided that Tenant approves such additional costs in writing before the work is done. If Tenant does not approve such additional costs in a timely manner, the change or substitution will not be performed.

 

- 5 -


 

(d) If the costs described in Paragraph 8(b) above are less than $37.50 per usable square foot in the Premises, the difference between the Tenant Allowance and such costs shall be split evenly between Landlord and Tenant. If the costs described in Paragraph 8(b) are between $37.51 and $39.99 per usable square foot, the difference between the Tenant Allowance and such costs shall belong entirely to Landlord.

(e) If the costs described in Paragraph 8(b) above are greater than $40.00 per usable square foot in the Premises, the difference between the Tenant Allowance and such costs shall be paid by Tenant. Such payment shall be made from the Tenant deposit (if any) made pursuant to Paragraph 5(b) . If such deposit is insufficient (or no such deposit has been made), Tenant shall pay any amounts due within 10 days after invoice.

9. Completion/Punch-List . The Premises shall not be considered substantially complete until the Tenant Improvements have been completed in accordance with the Tenant Improvement Plans subject only to the completion of minor punch-list items that will not, in any material way, interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises for Tenant’s permitted use under the Lease. Upon substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing and, within ten (10) business days of Tenant’s receipt of such notice, Landlord and Tenant shall conduct a “walk through” inspection of the Premises and prepare a punch-list of known or apparent deficiencies or incomplete work required to be corrected or completed by Landlord pursuant to the Tenant Improvement Plans. Landlord shall cause all punch-list items to be repaired or completed at no cost to Tenant, as soon as possible, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the walk through inspection. If Landlord fails to complete any of the punch-list items within such 30-day period, then Tenant, after giving ten (10) business days written notice to Landlord, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cause such unfinished punch-list items to be completed and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant’s reasonable costs associated with such items. Latent or hidden defects in the Tenant Improvements shall be brought to Landlord’s attention promptly upon Tenant’s becoming aware of such defects. Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly cause such defects to be repaired following receipt of notice thereof, to the extent the same are covered by construction warranty, and Tenant shall have the same rights with respect thereto as set forth herein for all other punch-list items.

10. Representatives and Notices . Landlord and Tenant each appoint the following individuals to act as their respective representatives in all matters covered by this Work Letter:

 

Tenant’s Representative:      Nicola Possas
     DAVIS
     60 E. Rio Salado Parkway, Suite 118
     Tempe, AZ 85281
     480.638.1100 Office
     480.638.1330 Direct Phone

 

- 6 -


 

Landlord’s Representative:

     Steve Hissong
     c/o Vulcan Inc.
     505 5 th Avenue S, Suite 900
     Seattle WA, 98104
     Phone No. 206.342.2000
     Fax No. 206-342-3000

All inquiries, requests, instructions and authorizations and other communications with respect to the matters covered by this Work Letter will be submitted to the Landlord’s Representative or Tenant’s Representative, as the case may be. Each party may change its representative under this Work Letter at any time upon three (3) days prior written notice to the other party. Notices will be given in accordance with the notice provisions set forth in the Lease.

11. Intentionally deleted .

12. Default . Any default under this Work Letter shall be considered a default under the Lease entitling the parties to the remedies set forth therein.

13. Miscellaneous .

(a) Landlord and the Contractor shall allow Tenant and/or Tenant’s agents access to the Premises prior to the substantial completion of the Premises for the purpose of Tenant and/or Tenant’s agents installing furniture, equipment or fixtures (including Tenant’s data and telephone equipment and related cabling) in the Premises, and for other activities related to Tenant’s preparation for occupying the Premises so long as Tenant and/or Tenant’s agents do not unreasonably interfere with the work to be performed by Landlord or the Contractor in the Building and the Premises.

(b) During the period of construction of the Tenant Improvements and Tenant’s move into the Premises, Tenant and Tenant’s agents shall not be charged, directly or indirectly, for parking, restrooms, HVAC usage, electricity, water, elevator usage, loading dock usage, freight elevator usage, security, or similar services.

(c) Immediately prior to the delivery of the Premises to Tenant, Landlord shall remove all rubbish and debris therefrom and shall deliver the same to Tenant in broom-clean condition.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Work Letter is executed as of the date first above written.

 

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC. , a Delaware corporation
By:  

LOGO

Its:  

CFO

  “Tenant”

 

- 7 -


 

GATEWAY TEMPE LLC , a Washington limited liability company
By:   Arizona Investors LLC, its Manager
By:  

LOGO

Its:  

Vice President

  “Landlord”

 

- 8 -


 

SCHEDULE 1

Landlord at its sole cost and expense shall include as part of the building shell all necessary elements and fees as part of the shell development:

 

1. Complete site improvements, including, without limitation, trash enclosures, parking, landscaping, site grading, drainage and compaction, driveways, fire lanes, site utilities extended into the building, site signage and monument sign, site lighting, sidewalks, and any and all requirements necessary to comply with Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, all ADA requirements.

 

2. Complete construction of the shell building, including, without limitation, the following:

 

  (a) Complete structural system, including concrete floors at and above grade;

 

  (b) Complete exterior building skin and roofing;

 

  (c) Complete fireproofing system(s);

 

  (d) Complete automatic fire sprinkler system, if required by code;

 

  (e) Complete operational stairs and elevators in all multi-story buildings;

 

  (f) Complete, fully operational, properly sized toilet rooms;

 

  (g) All common areas for shared use by other tenants as well as Tenant, including, without limitation, lobbies, janitorial, electrical and mechanical spaces, corridors, etc;

 

  (h) Building security system;

 

  (i) Emergency lighting in common areas, electrical and communication systems for elevators;

 

  (j) Fire alarm system as required by code;

 

  (k) Electric drinking fountains;

 

  (I) Complete exterior window glass system;

 

  (m) Complete exterior wall and roof insulation system;

 

  (n) Complete roof drain and overflow system;

 

  (o) Stairs, doors and all components of the egress system meeting or exceeding current requirements of all applicable ordinances and codes, or made to comply with Tenant’s space plan, at Landlord’s sole expense;

 

  (p) Complete ADA compliance in common areas;

 

  (q) Base building should accommodate a ceiling height of 9’-0” A.F.F.

 

3. All agency or jurisdictional costs for permits and fees, including any use permits, variances, building plan check and permit fees, development fees, taxes, utility hook-up costs and fees, including submittal and coordination required to obtain approvals.

 

4. All architectural, engineering fees and costs, including soils engineering, civil surveys, offsite engineering, landscape architecture, traffic engineering, legal costs associated with permitting and all building design engineering such as mechanical, structural and electrical engineering. Expense costs, including travel and printing associated with obtaining permits and approvals.

 

- 9 -


 

5. Base Building will also include the following services, matters and improvements to the Premises as a part of Landlord’s shell construction cost:

 

  (a) Electrical : All electrical power and hook-ups necessary to operate the lighting and HVAC systems with a 200 amp 120/208, 42 breaker panel for each 10,000 square foot net rentable area (or portion thereof).

 

  (b) Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) : Complete operating system installed that will provide proper zoning of spaces to create a comfortable environment for the occupants. The HVAC system shall provide code minimum fresh air make-up and be able to maintain the space between 70 degrees Fahrenheit and 72 degrees Fahrenheit year around. System design should permit operation at a minimum energy level and within the parameters defined by the “Comfort Chart” shown in the latest edition of ASHRAE Standard 55, “Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy.”

 

6. Hazardous Materials . The Base Building shall be free of all Hazardous Materials when delivered for occupancy. “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any material, waste, substance, pollutant or contaminant which could pose a risk of injury or threat to health or the environment.

 

- 10 -


 

EXHIBIT “E”

COVERED RESERVED PARKING SPACES

The Tenant reserve stall locations on this Exhibit E are subject to approval under the Deed Restrictions by the owner of the adjoining property. Landlord is seeking approval from such owner. If Landlord does not obtain approval for all of the Tenant reserve stalls located on L-1, for each level L-1 Tenant reserve stall not approved, Tenant shall have the right to select an alternate reserve stall from all the reserve stalls approved by the adjoining property owner. If Landlord does not obtain approval for any of the Tenant reserve stalls located on levels other than L-1, Landlord shall select alternate reserve stalls from those approved by the adjoining property owner, which stalls shall be comparable to those stalls currently designated on this Exhibit E, such that Tenant shall have 50 total reserve stalls.

EXHIBIT “E”

 

-1-


 

LOGO

 

Page 1 of 4


 

LOGO

 

Page 2 of 4


 

LOGO

 

Page 3 of 4


 

LOGO

 

Page 4 of 4


 

EXHIBIT “F”

TENANT’S SIGNAGE


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

EXHIBIT “X”

PRIME LEASE

EXHIBIT ONLY

***DO NOT SIGN – INITIAL ONLY***

EXHIBIT “X”

 

-1-


 

   LEASE   C97-250I
   C2009—  

THIS LEASE (“Lease”) is made and entered into as of the 22 day of December, 2009 by and between THE CITY OF TEMPE, an Arizona municipal corporation (“Landlord”), and SA TEMPE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tenant”).

RECITALS:

A. Landlord has title of record to certain land and the buildings which comprise the improvements constructed, and being constructed, on said land described in Exhibit “A” hereto, together with all rights and privileges appurtenant thereto and all future additions thereto or alterations thereof (collectively, the “Premises”). The Premises will consist of a mixed use development consisting of (i) one building with approximately 234,000 square feet of office space and 25,000 square feet of retail space (the “Office and Retail Building”), (ii) a parking garage (the “Parking Garage”), and (iii) related and appurtenant landscaping and other improvements. For purposes of this Agreement the Parking Garage is hereby determined to have 966 parking spaces. Certain rights to use such parking spaces have been granted to the City pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Development Agreement pursuant to which this Lease is being executed and as evidenced and more particularly set forth in that Parking Use License and Operating Agreement executed by the parties essentially simultaneously herewith (the “Parking License”).

B. The Premises are and will be “Government Property Improvements” under A.R.S. §42-6201(2), Landlord is a “Government Lessor” under A.R.S. §42-6201(1), and Tenant is and will be a “Prime Lessee” under A.R.S. §42-6201(4).

C. The Premises are located in a single central business district in a redevelopment area established pursuant to Title 36, Chapter 12, Article 3 of Arizona Revised Statutes (A.R.S. §§36-1471 et seq.). The construction of the Premises resulted in an increase in property value of at least one hundred percent.

D. The Premises will be subject to the Government Property Lease Excise Tax as provided for under A.R.S. §42-6202 (the “Tax”). Pursuant to the provisions of A.R.S. §42-6209(A), the Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Premises do and shall constitute Government Property Improvements within a single central business district within a redevelopment area and are entitled to abatement of the Tax pursuant to the provisions of A.R.S. §42-6209(A). The Landlord acknowledges that construction of the Premises is a redevelopment of the land described in Exhibit “A” and will result in improvements to and new uses of such property, in that the Landlord and the general public will directly and indirectly realize substantial tangible and intangible benefits from the redevelopment of such land and the construction of the Premises described herein, including, without limitation, the redevelopment of a key commercial area within the corporate boundaries of the City of Tempe, the facilitation of the expansion of the employment base within the City of Tempe, incentivizing the redevelopment of adjacent properties, and other benefits more particularly described in the Development Agreement. But for the abatement, Tenant would not have caused the Premises to be constructed.


 

AGREEMENT

For and in consideration of the rental and of the covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth to be kept and performed by Tenant, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises for the term, at the rental and subject to and upon all of the terms, covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth.

1. Quiet Enjoyment . Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that conditioned upon Tenant’s paying the Total Rent herein provided and performing and fulfilling all the covenants, agreements, conditions and provisions herein to be kept, observed or performed by Tenant, Tenant may at all times during the term hereof peaceably, quietly and exclusively have, hold and enjoy the Premises.

2. Term . The term of this Lease shall commence on the date of this Lease (the “ Commencement Date ”) and shall end at midnight on the date that is eight (8) years after the date of issuance of the shell certificate of substantial completion issued for the Office and Retail Building, subject to earlier termination at Tenant’s option, as provided herein (the “Term”)

3. Rent, GPLET Provisions .

3.1 Rental . Tenant covenants to pay to Landlord as rental for the Premises the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) per year on the Commencement Date and every anniversary thereof (the “ Total Rent ”). The consideration for this Lease includes, without limitation: the construction of the improvements constituting the Premises, Tenant’s performance of all of the covenants and obligations applicable to it under this Lease, and Tenant’s contribution toward fulfillment of Landlord’s policy and desire to promote development within a redevelopment area, to encourage the creation of jobs within the City of Tempe, and to enhance tax revenues resulting from the operation of businesses on the Premises, including transaction privilege taxes and the government property lease excise tax. Tenant, at its option and without prejudice to its right to terminate this Lease as provided herein, may prepay the rental for the entire lease term, but upon any early termination of this Lease, Landlord shall not be obligated to refund any portion of the prepaid rental.

3.2 Government Property Lease Excise Tax . As required under A.R.S. § 42-6206, Tenant is hereby notified of its potential tax liability under the Government Property Lease Excise Tax (“GPLET”) provisions of A.R.S. § 42-6201 through 42-6209, as now or hereafter amended. Failure by Tenant to pay the tax after notice and an opportunity to cure could result in divesting Tenant of any interest in or occupancy of the government property improvements to which this Lease applies. However, Landlord hereby abates Tenant’s obligation for the GPLET for the Premises pursuant to A.R.S. § 42-6209 for the eight (8) year period commencing on the issuance of the shell certificate of substantial completion for the Office and Retail Building and waives the requirement that Tenant apply for such abatement. Landlord agrees to take any additional action as necessary for Tenant to qualify for GPLET tax treatment so that (i) the period of abatement for the Premises will run for a period of eight (8) years from the date of the issuance the shell certificate of substantial completion by the City for the Office and Retail

 

2


Building and (ii) the Premises will be taxed as “government property improvements” in accordance with A.R.S. § 42-6201 through 42-6209, as now or hereafter amended from the expiration of the eight (8) year abatement period through the end of the Term, if applicable.

3.3 Enhanced Services District Assessments . Tenant acknowledges that the Premises is located within an Enhanced Services District and that the Premises would otherwise be subject to an assessment that would normally be collected along with property taxes. In addition to all other amounts that Tenant is required to pay hereunder, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all amounts that would have been assessed against the Premises by reason of its inclusion in the Enhanced Services District, semiannually, within thirty (30) days after Landlord delivers to Tenant a written request for payment of such amounts.

4. Leasehold Mortgage of Premises .

4.1 Tenant is hereby given the absolute right without the Landlord’s consent to create a security interest in Tenant’s leasehold interest under this Lease (and in any subleases and the rents, income and profits therefrom) by mortgage, deed of trust, collateral assignment or otherwise. Any such security interest shall be referred to herein as a “ Leasehold Mortgage, ” and the holder of a Leasehold Mortgage shall be referred to herein as a “ Leasehold Mortgagee.

4.2 No liability for the performance of Tenant’s covenants and agreements hereunder shall attach to or be imposed upon any Leasehold Mortgagee, unless such Leasehold Mortgagee forecloses its interest and becomes the Tenant hereunder, following which the liability shall attach only during the term of ownership of the leasehold estate by said Leasehold Mortgagee.

5. Use . Subject to A.R.S. §42-6201(2), and any restrictions expressly set forth in the Development Agreement, the Premises may be used and occupied by Tenant for any lawful purpose.

6. Landlord Non-Responsibility . Landlord shall have no responsibility, obligation or liability under this Lease whatsoever with respect to any of the following:

(a) utilities, including gas, heat, water, light, power, telephone, sewage, and any other utilities or services supplied to the Premises;

(b) disruption in the supply of services or utilities to the Premises;

(c) maintenance, repair or restoration of the Premises, except with respect to the parking facilities subject to the Parking License; or

(d) any other cost, expense, duty, obligation, service or function related to the Premises, except with respect to the parking facilities subject to the Parking License.

 

3


 

7. Entry by Landlord . Landlord and Landlord’s agents shall have the right at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to enter upon the Premises for inspection, except that Landlord shall have no right to enter portions of any building on the Premises without the prior written consent of the occupant or as provided by law.

8. Alterations . Tenant shall have the right to make subsequent alterations, additions or other changes to any improvements or fixtures existing from time to time. Title to all such alterations, additions and other changes shall immediately be vested in Landlord except to the extent owned by any occupant of the Premises, and the Premises shall include all such improvements as they exist from time to time. Subject to the provisions of the Parking License, Landlord shall not be responsible for and Tenant shall pay all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities arising out of or in any way connected with such improvements, alterations, additions or other changes made by Tenant, including without limitation materialmen’s and mechanic’s liens, and shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims arising out of any alterations, additions or other changes undertaken by Tenant. Subject to the provisions of the Parking License, Tenant covenants and agrees that Landlord shall not be called upon or be obligated to make any improvements, alterations or repairs whatsoever in or about the Premises, and Landlord shall not be liable or accountable for any damages to the Premises or any property located thereon. Subject to the provisions of the Parking License, Tenant shall have the right at any time to demolish or substantially demolish improvements located on the Premises. In making improvements and alterations, Tenant shall not be deemed Landlord’s agent and shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any expense, fee, cost or damage Landlord may incur or suffer.

9. Easements, Dedications and Other Matters . At the request of Tenant, Landlord shall dedicate or initiate a request for dedication to public use of the improvements owned by Landlord within any roads, alleys or easements and convey any portion so dedicated to the appropriate governmental authority, execute (or participate in a request for initiation by the appropriate commission or department of) petitions seeking a change in zoning for all or a portion of the Premises, consent to the making and recording, or either, of any map, plat, condominium documents, or declaration of covenants, conditions and restrictions of or relating to the Premises or any part thereof, join in granting any easements on the Premises, and execute and deliver (in recordable form where appropriate) all other instruments requested by Tenant with respect to Landlord’s status as fee title owner of the Premises, and perform all other acts reasonably necessary or appropriate to the development, construction, razing, redevelopment or reconstruction of the Premises.

10. Insurance . During the term of this Lease, the Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain general public liability insurance against claims for personal injury, death or property damage occurring in, upon or about the Premises, with limits of liability not less than $5,000,000.00 combined single limit. All of Tenant’s policies of liability insurance shall name Landlord and all Leasehold Mortgagees as additional insureds, and certificates with respect to all policies of insurance or copies thereof required to be carried by Tenant under this Section 10 shall be delivered to Landlord. Each policy shall contain an endorsement prohibiting cancellation or nonrenewal without at least thirty (30) days prior notice to Landlord (ten (10) days for nonpayment), provided, however, that if Tenant’s insurance carrier refuses to provide such an endorsement, Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of any notices received by

 

4


Tenant relating to any potential event of cancellation or nonrenewal, and the failure to obtain such endorsement shall not be a default hereunder. Tenant may self-insure the coverages required by this section with the prior approval of Landlord, which will not be unreasonably withheld, and may maintain such reasonable deductibles and retention amounts as Tenant may determine. If Tenant fails to procure or maintain the insurance coverages required by this section, or self-insure such coverages, Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s election, upon forty-eight (48) hours notice to Tenant, to procure and maintain such insurance coverages until Tenant is in compliance with the requirements of this section. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the expenses incurred and paid for by Landlord in the procurement and maintenance of such insurance coverages, immediately upon Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor (with supporting documentation). No such procurement of Landlord shall limit any right of Landlord, nor relieve Tenant from any Event of Default hereunder.

11. Liability; Indemnity . Subject to the provisions of the Parking License and except for any claims and liabilities which could have been asserted against Landlord if Landlord were not the owner of the Premises or if Landlord were not a party to this Lease, Tenant covenants and agrees that Landlord shall be free from liability and claim for damages by reason of any injury to any person or persons, including Tenant, or property of any kind whatsoever and to whomsoever while in, upon or in any way connected with the Premises during the term of this Lease or any extension hereof, or any occupancy hereunder, and Tenant hereby agrees to unconditionally indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord, its Council members, officers, employees, volunteers and agents from any and all claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, fines, charges, penalties, administrative and judicial proceedings and orders, judgments, remedial actions of any kind, all cleanup actions of any kind, and all costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of defense, arising, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, therefrom, unless caused by the sole and gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or invitees or as a result of the use by Landlord, or any of its sublicensees, of the Parking Facility subject to the Parking License. Landlord agrees that Tenant shall have the right to contest the validity of any and all such claims and defend, settle and compromise any and all such claims of any kind or character and by whomsoever claimed, in the name of Landlord, as Tenant may deem necessary, provided that the expenses thereof shall be paid by Tenant. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease for a period of one (1) year. Tenant expressly agrees and acknowledges that the obligations of Tenant under this Article 11 apply to any assignee of Tenant who becomes the Tenant under Section 15(a) below, subject to the provisions of Section 15(b) below.

12. Fire and Other Casualty . If all or any improvements or fixtures within the Premises are totally or partially destroyed or damaged by fire or other insurable casualty, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, may, but shall not be obligated to, rebuild or repair the same, subject however to the provisions of the Parking License with respect to the parking facilities subject thereto. Landlord and Tenant agree that the provisions of Arizona Revised Statutes §33-343 shall not apply to this Lease. If Tenant elects to repair or rebuild the improvements, any such repair or rebuilding shall be performed at the sole cost and expense of Tenant. If there are insurance proceeds resulting from such damage or destruction, Tenant shall be entitled to such proceeds, whether or not Tenant rebuilds or repairs the improvements or fixtures.

 

5


 

13. Condemnation .

(a) Entire or Partial Condemnation . If the whole or any part of the Premises is taken or condemned by any competent authority for any public use or purposes during the term of this Lease, this Lease shall terminate with respect to the part of the Premises so taken, and Tenant reserves unto itself the right to claim and prosecute its claim in all appropriate courts and agencies for any award or damages based upon loss, damage or injury to the Premises (as well as relocation and moving costs), and Landlord shall have no interest therein. In consideration of Tenant’s payment of all costs of constructing the improvements constituting the Premises, Landlord hereby assigns to Tenant all claims, awards and entitlements relating to the Premises arising from the exercise of the power of condemnation or eminent domain, including, without limitation, any claims for loss of fee title interest in the Premises.

(b) Continuation of Lease . If there is a taking of less than all of the Premises, this Lease shall continue in effect with respect to the portion of the Premises not so taken.

(c) Temporary Taking . If the temporary use of the whole or any part of the Premises or the appurtenances thereto shall be taken, the term of this Lease shall not be reduced or affected in any way. The entire award of such taking (whether paid by way of damages, rent, or otherwise) shall be payable to Tenant, subject to the applicable provisions of any Leasehold Mortgage.

(d) Notice of Condemnation . If any action is filed to condemn the Premises or Tenant’s leasehold estate or any part thereof by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain, or if any action is filed to acquire the temporary use of the Premises or Tenant’s leasehold estate or any part thereof, or if any such action is threatened or any public or quasi-public authority communicates to Landlord or Tenant its desire to acquire the Premises or Tenant’s leasehold estate or any part thereof, or the temporary use thereof, by a voluntary conveyance or transfer in lieu of condemnation, either Landlord or Tenant shall give prompt notice thereof to the other and to any Leasehold Mortgagee. Landlord, Tenant and each Leasehold Mortgagee shall each have the right, at its own cost and expense, to represent its respective interest in each proceeding, negotiation or settlement with respect to any taking or threatened taking and to make full proof of its claims. No agreement, settlement, conveyance or transfer to or with the condemning authority affecting Tenant’s leasehold interest shall be made without the consent of Tenant and each Leasehold Mortgagee.

14. Termination Option .

(a) Grant of Option . Tenant or its successor, including any successor to Tenant’s interest hereunder by foreclosure sale, trustee sale, or deed in lieu of foreclosure, shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to Landlord for any reason or for no reason, to terminate this Lease effective sixty (60) days after the date of the notice (“Option”). Simultaneously with, and effective as of such termination, title to the Premises (including all improvements constituting a part thereof) shall automatically vest in Tenant or Tenant’s successor, as the case may be, and Landlord shall comply with the obligations under Article 19 .

 

6


 

(b) Leasehold Mortgagees . If there are any Leasehold Mortgagees, Tenant may not exercise, terminate, modify or waive its Option under this section without the approval of the Leasehold Mortgagees, and Landlord will not recognize, accept or consent thereto without such approval.

15. Assignment: Subletting .

(a) Transfer by Tenant . At any time and. from time to time Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease and Tenant’s interest therein or to sublease all or any portion of the Premises to any person or persons, without the consent of Landlord.

(b) Liabilities . Each assignee shall assume in writing all of the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease (but not liabilities or obligations arising prior to such assignment becoming effective). Each assignment shall automatically release the assignor from any personal liability in respect of any obligations or liabilities arising under the Lease from and after the date of assignment, and Landlord shall not seek recourse for any such liability against any assignor or its personal assets, but the assignor shall not be released for liabilities or obligations arising prior to such assignment becoming effective. Landlord agrees that performance by a subtenant or assignee of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall satisfy Tenant’s obligations hereunder and that Landlord shall accept performance by any such subtenant.

16. Default; Remedies; Protection of Leasehold Mortgagees and Subtenants .

(a) Default . The failure by Tenant to observe and perform any material provision of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, where such failure continues for one hundred eighty (180) days after written notice thereof by Landlord to Tenant shall constitute an Event of Default under this Lease by Tenant; provided, however that such cure period shall be reduced to ten (10) days for the failure to procure and maintain insurance as required under Section 10, and provided, further that if the nature of an Event of Default (except for the failure to procure and maintain insurance) is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within the one hundred eighty (180) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall within such period commence such cure and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion.

(b) Remedies . In the event of any Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have all rights available at law, in equity or as permitted by this Lease; provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease only with respect to an Event of Default for a failure of Tenant to procure and maintain insurance as required under Section 10 of this Lease. Any such right to terminate shall be exercised by Landlord, subject to the notice and cure provisions of Section 16(a), through the delivery of written notice to Tenant and all Leasehold Mortgagees, in which case the Premises shall be subject to the provisions of Section 19.

(c) Leasehold Mortgagee Default Protections . If any Leasehold Mortgagee notifies Landlord in writing of the existence of its Leasehold Mortgage, and the name and

 

7


address of the Leasehold Mortgagee, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary to this Lease, until the time, if any, that the Leasehold Mortgage held by such Leasehold Mortgagee shall be satisfied and released of record or the Leasehold Mortgagee notifies Landlord in writing that its Leasehold Mortgage has been satisfied:

(i) No act or agreement between or on the part of Landlord or Tenant to cancel, terminate, surrender, or modify this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession shall be binding upon or effective as against the Leasehold Mortgagee without its prior written consent.

(ii) Concurrently with any notice, demand, election or other communication that Landlord gives to Tenant hereunder (hereafter collectively “Notices”), Landlord shall give a copy of each such Notice to the Leasehold Mortgagee at the address designated by it. No Notice given by Landlord to Tenant shall be binding upon or affect Tenant or the Leasehold Mortgagee unless a copy of the Notice shall be given to the Leasehold Mortgagee pursuant to this subsection.

(iii) The Leasehold Mortgagee shall have the right for a period of sixty (60) days after the expiration of any grace period afforded Tenant to perform any term, covenant, or condition and to remedy any default by Tenant hereunder or such longer period as the Leasehold Mortgagee may reasonably require to effect a cure, and Landlord shall accept such performance with the same force and effect as if furnished by Tenant, and the Leasehold Mortgagee shall thereby and hereby be subrogated to the rights of Landlord. The Leasehold Mortgagee shall have the right to enter upon the Premises to give such performance.

(iv) In case of a default by Tenant in the performance or observance of any nonmonetary term, covenant or condition to be performed by it hereunder, if the Leasehold Mortgagee reasonably determines that such default cannot be cured without taking possession of the Premises, in such Leasehold Mortgagee’s reasonable opinion, or if the Leasehold Mortgagee cannot cure such default, then Landlord shall not serve a notice of lease termination pursuant to Section 16(b) if and so long as:

(A) the Leasehold Mortgagee shall proceed diligently to obtain possession of the Premises as mortgagee (including possession by a receiver), and, upon obtaining such possession, shall proceed diligently to cure such defaults as are reasonably susceptible of cure (subject to any order by a court of competent jurisdiction staying or otherwise precluding such Leasehold Mortgagee from obtaining such possession); or

(B) the Leasehold Mortgagee shall institute foreclosure proceedings and diligently prosecute the same to completion (unless in the meantime it shall acquire Tenant’s estate hereunder, either in its own name or through a nominee, by assignment in lieu of foreclosure and subject to any order by a court of competent jurisdiction staying or otherwise precluding such Leasehold Mortgagee from obtaining such possession).

The Leasehold Mortgagee shall not be required to obtain possession or to continue in possession as mortgagee of the Premises pursuant to clause (A) above, or to continue to prosecute foreclosure proceedings pursuant to clause (B) above, if and when the default has been cured.

 

8


 

(v) If any Leasehold Mortgagee is prohibited from commencing or prosecuting foreclosure or other appropriate proceedings in the nature thereof by any process or injunction issued by any court or by reason of any action by any court having jurisdiction of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding involving Tenant, the times specified in Subsections (iv)(A) and (B)  above, for commencing or prosecuting foreclosure or other proceedings shall be extended for the period of the prohibition.

(vi) No option of Tenant hereunder may be exercised, and no consent of Tenant allowed or required hereunder shall be effective, without the prior written consent of any Leasehold Mortgagee.

(d) Protection of Subtenant . Landlord covenants that, notwithstanding any default under or termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s possessory rights, Landlord: (i) shall not disturb the peaceful possession of the subtenant under its sublease so long as the subtenant complies with the terms and conditions of its sublease, and in the event of a default by a subtenant, Landlord may only disturb the possession or other rights of the subtenant as provided in the tenant’s sublease, (ii) shall recognize the continued existence of the sublease, (iii) shall accept the subtenant’s attornment, as subtenant under the sublease, to Landlord, as landlord under the sublease, and (iv) shall be bound by the provisions of the sublease, including all options, to the extent such provisions can be performed by Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, no act or agreement between or on the part of Landlord or Tenant to cancel, terminate, surrender or modify this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession shall be binding upon or effective as against any subtenant without its prior written consent.

(e) Liability of Leasehold Mortgagee . If any Leasehold Mortgagee becomes the Tenant hereunder, by foreclosure of the Leasehold Mortgage, or under a new Lease under Section 17 below, the parties agree and acknowledge that such Leasehold Mortgagee shall not be liable or responsible for and shall not be deemed to have assumed liability for any prior actions, omissions, defaults, breaches or other events caused by or relating to any prior Tenant and such Leasehold Mortgagee shall only be liable and responsible for acts, omissions, defaults, breaches or events occurring while it is Tenant, but the prior Tenant(s) shall not be released from liability for prior occurrences.

17. New Lease .

(a) Right to Lease . Landlord agrees that, in the event this Lease is terminated for any reason (including but not limited to any default by Tenant), at the request of the then first priority Leasehold Mortgagee, Landlord will enter into a new lease of the Premises with that Leasehold Mortgagee, which new lease shall commence as of the date of termination of this Lease and shall run for the remainder of the original term of this Lease, at the rent and upon the terms, covenants and conditions herein contained provided:

(i) Such Leasehold Mortgagee requests the new lease in writing within sixty (60) days after it receives written notice from Landlord that the Lease has been terminated;

 

9


 

(ii) Concurrently with the execution of the new lease, such Leasehold Mortgagee pays to Landlord all reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which Landlord shall have incurred in the preparation, execution and delivery of the new Lease;

(iii) Such Leasehold Mortgagee shall perform and observe all covenants in this Lease to be performed and observed by Tenant; and

(iv) The tenant under the new lease shall have the same right of occupancy to the buildings and improvements on the Premises as Tenant had under the Lease immediately prior to its termination.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied in this Lease, any new lease made pursuant to this Section 17 shall have the same priority as this Lease with respect to any mortgage, deed of trust, or other lien, charge, or encumbrance on fee title to the Premises, and any sublease under this Lease shall be a sublease under the new Lease and shall not be deemed to have been terminated by the termination of this Lease.

(b) No Obligation . Nothing herein contained shall require any Leasehold Mortgagee to enter into a new lease pursuant to this Section 17 , or to cure any default of Tenant referred to above.

(c) Possession . If any Leasehold Mortgagee shall demand a new lease as provided in this Section 17 , Landlord agrees, at the request of, on behalf of and at the expense of the Leasehold Mortgagee, upon a guaranty from it reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, to institute and pursue diligently to conclusion the appropriate legal remedy or remedies to oust or remove the original Tenant from the Premises, but not any subtenants actually occupying the Premises or any part thereof.

(d) Grace Period . Unless and until Landlord has received notice from each Leasehold Mortgagee that the Leasehold Mortgagee elects not to demand a new lease as provided in this Section 17 , or until the period therefor has expired, Landlord shall not cancel or agree to the termination or surrender of any existing subleases nor enter into any new leases or subleases with respect to the Premises without the prior written consent of each Leasehold Mortgagee.

(e) Effect of Transfer . Neither the foreclosure of any Leasehold Mortgage (whether by judicial proceedings or by virtue of any power of sale contained in the Leasehold Mortgage), nor any conveyance of the leasehold estate created by this Lease by Tenant to any Leasehold Mortgagee or its designee by an assignment or by a deed in lieu of foreclosure or other similar instrument shall require the consent of Landlord under, or constitute a default under, this Lease, and upon such foreclosure, sale or conveyance, Landlord shall recognize the purchaser or other transferee in connection therewith as the Tenant under this Lease.

18. No Merger . In no event shall the leasehold interest, estate or rights of Tenant hereunder, or of any Leasehold Mortgagee, merge with any interest, estate or rights of Landlord

 

10


in or to the Premises. Such leasehold interest, estate and rights of Tenant hereunder, and of any Leasehold Mortgagee, shall be deemed to be separate and distinct from Landlord’s interest, estate and rights in or to the Premises, notwithstanding that any such interests, estates or rights shall at any time be held by or vested in the same person, corporation or other entity.

19. Surrender. Reconveyance .

(a) Reconveyance Upon Termination or Expiration . On the last day of the term of this Lease or upon any termination of this Lease, whether under Article 14 , Article 16 or otherwise, title to the Premises (including all improvements constituting a part thereof) shall automatically vest in Tenant or its successor, or Tenant’s successor by foreclosure, as the case may be, provided, however, that such automatic vesting shall not occur for any termination of this Lease if a Leasehold Mortgagee exercises its rights under Section 17(a) and enters into a new lease as described therein, or until Landlord has received notice from each Leasehold Mortgagee that the Leasehold Mortgagee elects not to demand a new lease as provided in this Section 17, or until the period therefor has expired. Without limiting the generality of Section 17(a), such new lease shall include this Section 19 which will allow the title to the Premises to vest in Leasehold Mortgagee, as the new Tenant thereunder, or any successor in interest to such Leasehold Mortgagee, upon the expiration or other termination of such new lease.

(b) Reconveyance Documents . Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord upon request shall execute and deliver: (i) a deed or bill of sale reconveying all of Landlord’s right, title and interest in the improvements to Tenant; (ii) a memorandum in recordable form reflecting the termination of this Lease; (iii) an assignment of Landlord’s right, title and interest in and to all licenses, permits, guaranties and warranties relating to the ownership or operation of the Premises to which Landlord is a party and which are assignable by Landlord, but excluding any continuing rights of the Landlord under the Parking License, and (iv) such other reasonable and customary documents as may be required by Tenant or its title insurer including without limitation, FIRPTA and mechanic’s lien affidavits, to confirm the termination of this Lease and the revesting of title to the Premises in Tenant or its successor, or Tenant’s successor by foreclosure, as the case may be.

(c) Title and Warranties . The Premises shall be conveyed in their “AS IS” condition without representation or warranty whatsoever. Upon any reconveyance, Landlord shall satisfy all liens and monetary encumbrances on the Premises created by Landlord unless such lien or encumbrance was created at the request of, or as the result of a default by, Tenant.

(d) Expenses . All costs of title insurance, escrow fees, recording fees and other expenses of the reconveyance, except Landlord’s own attorney’s fees, shall be paid by Tenant.

The provisions of this Section 19 shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.

20. Trade Fixtures, Machinery and Equipment . Landlord agrees that all trade fixtures, machinery, equipment, furniture or other personal property of whatever kind and nature kept or installed on the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s subtenants may be removed by Tenant or Tenant’s subtenants, or their agents and employees, in their discretion, at any time and from time

 

11


to time during the entire term or upon the expiration of this Lease. Tenant agrees that in the event of damage to the Premises due to such removal it will repair or restore the same. Upon request of Tenant or Tenant’s assignees or any subtenant, Landlord shall execute and deliver any consent or waiver forms submitted by any vendors, landlords, chattel mortgagees or holders or owners of any trade fixtures, machinery, equipment, furniture or other personal property of any kind and description kept or installed on the Premises by any subtenant setting forth the fact that Landlord waives, in favor of such vendor, landlord, chattel mortgagee or any holder or owner, any lien, claim, interest or other right therein arising under this Lease that might be superior to that of such vendor, landlord, chattel mortgagee, owner or holder. Landlord shall further acknowledge that property covered by such consent or waiver forms is personal property and is not to become a part of the realty no matter how affixed thereto and that such property may be removed from the Premises by the vendor, landlord, chattel mortgagee, owner or holder at any time upon default by the Tenant or the subtenant in the terms of such chattel mortgage or other similar documents, free and clear of any claim or lien of Landlord.

21. Estoppel Certificate .

(a) Landlord shall at any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice from Tenant or any Leasehold Mortgagee execute, acknowledge and deliver to Tenant or the Leasehold Mortgagee a statement in writing (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any; (ii) acknowledging that there are not, to Landlord’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Tenant hereunder, or specifying such defaults if they are claimed; and (iii) certifying such other matters relating to this Lease as Tenant or the Leasehold Mortgagee may reasonably request. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the leasehold estate and/or the improvements.

(b) Landlord’s failure to deliver a statement within the time prescribed shall be conclusive upon Landlord (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Tenant; and (ii) that there are no uncured defaults in Tenant’s performance.

22. General Provisions .

(a) Attorneys’ Fees . If any suit instituted by either party against the other in any way connected with this Lease or for the recovery of possession of the Premises, the parties respectively agree that the successful party to any such action shall recover from the other party a reasonable sum for its attorneys’ fees and costs in connection with said suit, such attorney’s fees and costs to be fixed by the court.

(b) Transfer or Encumbrance of Landlord’s Interest . Landlord may not transfer or convey its interest in this Lease or in the Premises during the term of this Lease without the prior written consent of Tenant, which consent may be given or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion. Landlord shall not grant or create mortgages, deeds of trust or other

 

12


encumbrances of any kind against the Premises or any rights of Landlord hereunder, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall not take any action that would cause the Premises (including without limitation, Landlord’s fee simple interest in the Premises) to be encumbered in any manner whatsoever, nor take any action that would impair Landlord’s fee simple title to the Premises without the prior written consent of Tenant, which consent may be given or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion.

(c) Captions; Attachments; Defined Terms .

(i) The captions of the sections of this Lease are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to be relevant in resolving any question of interpretation or construction of any section of this Lease.

(ii) Exhibits, addenda and schedules attached hereto are deemed by attachment to constitute part of this Lease and are incorporated herein.

(iii) The words “Landlord” and “Tenant”, as used herein, shall include the plural as well as the singular. The obligations contained in this Lease to be performed by Tenant and Landlord shall be binding on Tenant’s and Landlord’s successors and assigns only during their respective periods of ownership.

(d) Entire Agreement . This Lease along with any addenda, exhibits and attachments hereto constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant relative to the Premises and this Lease and the addenda, exhibits and attachments may be altered, amended or revoked only by an instrument in writing signed by the party to be bound thereby. Landlord and Tenant agree hereby that all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements between and among them and their agents or representatives relative to the leasing of the Premises are merged in or revoked by this Lease, except as set forth in any addenda hereto.

(e) Severability . If any term or provision of this Lease shall, to any extent, be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law, provided, however, that the overall intent and agreement of the parties as set forth in this Lease is not materially vitiated by the invalidity or unenforceability of the term or provision in question.

(f) Binding Effect; Choice of Law . The parties hereto agree that all the provisions hereof are to be construed as both covenants and conditions as though the words importing such covenants and conditions were used in each separate paragraph hereof. All of the provisions hereof shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State of Arizona, and notice is hereby given of the applicability of A.R.S. § 38-511.

(g) Memorandum of Improvements Lease . Concurrently with the execution of this Lease, the parties shall complete, execute, acknowledge and record a Memorandum of Land and Improvements Lease, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

13


 

(h) Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered, including delivery by Federal Express or similar overnight courier, or if mailed by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or if transmitted by facsimile copy followed by mailed notice, as follows:

 

If to Landlord:    City of Tempe
   City Manager’s Office
   31 E. 5th Street
   Tempe, Arizona 85281
   Phone: 480-350-8221
   Facsimile: 480-350-8930
   Attn: City Manager
With a copy to:    City of Tempe
   City Attorney’s Office
   P.O. Box 5002
   21 East Sixth Street, Suite 201
   Tempe, Arizona 85280
   Phone: 480-350-8227
   Facsimile: 480-350-8645
   Attn: City Attorney
If to Tenant:    SA Tempe, LLC.
   c/o U.S. Bank National Association
   US Bancorp Center
   800 Nicollet Malt, BC-MN-H22A
   Minneapolis, MN 55402
   Phone: 612.303.4517
   Facsimile: 612.303.4660
   Attn: Ziad W. Amra, Vice President
With a copy to:    Dorsey & Whitney, LLP
   Suite 1500, 50 South Sixth Street
   Minneapolis, MN 55402-1498
   Phone:612.340.8733
   Facsimile: 612.340.2644
   Attn: Michele Thurnblom, Esq.

or at such other place or to such other persons as any party shall from time to time notify the other in writing as provided herein. The date of service of any communication hereunder shall be the date of personal delivery or delivery by Federal Express or similar overnight courier, or seventy-two (72) hours after the postmark on the certified or registered mail, as the case may be.

 

14


 

(i) Waiver . No covenant, term or condition or the breach thereof shall be deemed waived, except by written consent of the party against whom the waiver is claimed, and any waiver or the breach of any covenant, term or condition shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other covenant, term or condition.

(j) Negation of Partnership . Landlord shall not become or be deemed a partner or a joint venturer with Tenant by reason of the provisions of this Lease.

(k) Leasehold Mortgagee: Further Assurances . Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate in including in this Lease by suitable amendment from time to time any provision which may be reasonably requested by any proposed Leasehold Mortgagee for the purpose of implementing the mortgagee-protection provisions contained in this Lease, of allowing that Leasehold Mortgagee reasonable means to protect or preserve the lien of its Leasehold Mortgage upon the occurrence of a default under the terms of this Lease and of confirming the elimination of the ability of Tenant to modify, terminate or waive this Lease or any of its provisions without the prior written approval of the Leasehold Mortgagee. Landlord and Tenant each agree to execute and deliver (and to acknowledge, if necessary, for recording purposes) any agreement necessary to effect any such amendment; provided, however, that any such amendment shall not in any way affect the term or rent under this Lease nor otherwise in any material respect adversely affect any rights of Landlord under this Lease.

23. Nonrecourse . Landlord’s sole recourse for collection or enforcement of any judgment as against Tenant shall be solely against the leasehold interest under this Lease and the buildings and other improvements on the Premises and may not be enforced against or collected out of any other assets of Tenant nor of its beneficiaries, joint venturers, owners, partners, shareholders, members or other related parties.

24. Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease on the date and year first written above.

{Signature Pages Follow}

 

15


 

    LANDLORD:
WITNESSETH:      

CITY OF TEMPE,

an Arizona municipal corporation

LOGO

      By  

/s/ Hugh L. Hallman

City Clerk         Hugh L. Hallman
        Mayor
Approved as to form:        

LOGO

       
City Attorney        

 

STATE OF ARIZONA    )
   ) ss.
COUNTY OF MARICOPA    )

On this 11 th day of December, 2009 before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Hugh L. Hallman, who acknowledged himself to be Mayor of the City of Tempe, an Arizona municipal corporation, and he, in such capacity, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained on behalf of that entity.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

NOTARY SEAL:    

/s/ Kay E. Savard

    Notary Public

LOGO

 

16


 

TENANT:
SA TEMPE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
  By:   SA Group Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation
  Its:   Manager
    By:  

/s/ Ziad W. Amra

      Ziad W. Amra
    Its:   Vice President

 

STATE OF MINNESOTA    )
   ) ss.
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN    )

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 14 day of December, 2009, by Ziad W. Amra, the Vice President of SA Group Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Manager of SA Tempe, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on behalf of the limited liability company.

 

/s/ Diane E. Athmann

Notary Public

 

My Commission Expires:

1-31-2010

LOGO

 

17


 

EXHIBIT A

[Legal Description]

LOT 1, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT ON RECORD OF “TEMPE GATEWAY”, RECORDED AS DOCUMENT NUMBER 2008-0791438, IN BOOK 1004 OF MAPS, PAGE 26, RECORDS OF MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA.

 

Exhibit A

(Page 1 of 1)


 

EXHIBIT B

[Memorandum of Lease]

WHEN RECORDED, MAIL TO:

City of Tempe Basket

MEMORANDUM OF LAND AND IMPROVEMENTS LEASE

THIS MEMORANDUM OF LAND AND IMPROVEMENTS LEASE (the “ Memorandum ”) is made and entered into this              day of December, 2009, by and between the CITY OF TEMPE , an Arizona municipal corporation (“ Landlord ”), and SA TEMPE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Tenant ”). Landlord and Tenant are sometimes referred to in this Agreement collectively as the “ Parties ”, or individually as a “ Party ”. The Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. The Parties have entered into and executed that certain Lease of even date with this Memorandum (the “ Lease ”) whereby Landlord has leased to Tenant, and Tenant has leased from Landlord, that certain real property described in Exhibit A (the “ Land ”), together with all rights and privileges appurtenant to, and all present and future improvements on, the Land (collectively the “ Premises ”), for a term commencing on the Commencement Date as defined in the Lease and expiring eight (8) years after the date of issuance of the shell certificate of substantial completion for the office and retail building constructed on the Land. The Lease sets forth all terms and provisions relative to the lease of the Premises by Landlord to Tenant. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant has the right to mortgage its leasehold interest and there are restrictions on the right of Landlord to transfer or encumber its interest in the Premises or the Lease.

2. The Parties consider the Lease to be a binding agreement between them creating vested rights in and for Tenant superior to the right, title and interest of any third party later acquiring any interest in the Premises, including but not limited to purchasers of the Premises or lienholders acquiring any lien or encumbrance interest against the Premises. All persons dealing with the Premises are advised to contact Tenant and Landlord to ascertain the current status of the Lease and Tenant’s tenancy rights and leasehold interests in the Premises. The Parties are executing and recording this Memorandum, as authorized by the Lease, to provide constructive notice to all persons dealing with the Premises of the binding end vested rights of Tenant and the leasehold interests of Tenant created by the Lease.

3. This Memorandum may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed this Memorandum to be effective on the date first written above.


 

 

WITNESSETH:

   

LANDLORD:

    CITY OF TEMPE,

    an Arizona municipal corporation

 

        By  

 

City Clerk       Hugh L. Hallman
      Mayor
APPROVED AS TO FORM:      

 

     
City Attorney      

 

STATE OF ARIZONA   )
  ) ss.
COUNTY OF MARICOPA   )

On this          day of                      , 2009 before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Hugh L. Hallman, who acknowledged himself to be Mayor of the City of Tempe, an Arizona municipal corporation, and he, in such capacity, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained on behalf of that entity.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

NOTARY SEAL:    

 

    Notary Public


 

TENANT:
SA TEMPE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
  By:   SA Group Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation
  Its:   Manager
    By:  

 

      Ziad W. Amra
    Its:   Vice President

 

STATE OF MINNESOTA    )
   ) ss.
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN    )

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this          day of                      , 2009, by Ziad W. Amra, the Vice President of SA Group Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Manager of SA Tempe, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on behalf of the limited liability company.

 

 

Notary Public

 

My Commission Expires:

 


 

EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PREMISES

LOT 1, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT ON RECORD OF “TEMPE GATEWAY”, RECORDED AS DOCUMENT NUMBER 2008-0791438, IN BOOK 1004 OF MAPS, PAGE 26, RECORDS OF MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA.


 

     

OFFICIAL RECORDS OF

MARICOPA COUNTY RECORDER

      HELEN PURCELL
WHEN RECORDED, MAIL TO:       20091170350    12/22/2009    11:42
      414902A-4-3-2–
      ELECTRONIC RECORDING

City of Tempe Basket

MEMORANDUM OF LAND AND IMPROVEMENTS LEASE

C97-250J

THIS MEMORANDUM OF LAND AND IMPROVEMENTS LEASE (the “ Memorandum ”) is made and entered into this 22 day of December, 2009, by and between the CITY OF TEMPE , an Arizona municipal corporation (“ Landlord ”), and SA TEMPE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Tenant ”). Landlord and Tenant are sometimes referred to in this Agreement collectively as the “ Parties ”, or individually as a “ Party ”. The Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. The Parties have entered into and executed that certain Lease of even date with this Memorandum (the “ Lease ”) whereby Landlord has leased to Tenant, and Tenant has leased from Landlord, that certain real property described in Exhibit A (the “ Land ”), together with all rights and privileges appurtenant to, and all present and future improvements on, the Land (collectively the “ Premises ”), for a term commencing on the Commencement Date as defined in the Lease and expiring eight (8) years after the date of issuance of the shell certificate of substantial completion for the office and retail building constructed on the Land. The Lease sets forth all terms and provisions relative to the lease of the Premises by Landlord to Tenant. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant has the right to mortgage its leasehold interest and there are restrictions on the right of Landlord to transfer or encumber its interest in the Premises or the Lease.

2. The Parties consider the Lease to be a binding agreement between them creating vested rights in and for Tenant superior to the right, title and interest of any third party later acquiring any interest in the Premises, including but not limited to purchasers of the Premises or lienholders acquiring any lien or encumbrance interest against the Premises. All persons dealing with the Premises are advised to contact Tenant and Landlord to ascertain the current status of the Lease and Tenant’s tenancy rights and leasehold interests in the Premises. The Parties are executing and recording this Memorandum, as authorized by the Lease, to provide constructive notice to all persons dealing with the Premises of the binding end vested rights of Tenant and the leasehold interests of Tenant created by the Lease.

3. This Memorandum may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed this Memorandum to be effective on the date first written above.


 

    LANDLORD:
WITNESSETH:    

    CITY OF TEMPE,

    an Arizona municipal corporation

LOGO

        By  

/s/ Hugh L. Hallman

City Clerk       Hugh L. Hallman
      Mayor
Approved as to form:      

LOGO

     
City Attorney      

 

STATE OF ARIZONA   )
  ) ss.
COUNTY OF MARICOPA   )

On this 11 th day of December, 2009 before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Hugh L. Hallman, who acknowledged himself to be Mayor of the City of Tempe, an Arizona municipal corporation, and he, in such capacity, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained on behalf of that entity.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

NOTARY SEAL:     

/s/ Kay E. Savard

     Notary Public

LOGO


 

TENANT:
SA TEMPE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
  By:     SA Group Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation
  Its:     Manager
      By:  

/s/ Ziad W. Amra

        Ziad W. Amra
      Its:   Vice President

 

STATE OF MINNESOTA   )
  ) ss.
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN   )

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 14 day of December, 2009, by Ziad W. Amra, the Vice President of SA Group Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Manager of SA Tempe, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on behalf of the limited liability company.

 

   

/s/ Diane E. Athmann

    Notary Public
My Commission Expires:    
1-31-2010     LOGO


 

EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PREMISES

LOT 1, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT ON RECORD OF “TEMPE GATEWAY”, RECORDED AS DOCUMENT NUMBER 2008-0791438, IN BOOK 1004 OF MAPS, PAGE 26, RECORDS OF MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA.


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
ARTICLE 1   

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

     1   
ARTICLE 2   

TERM/PREMISES

     2   
ARTICLE 3   

RENTAL

     2   
             (a)   

Basic Rental

     2   
             (b)   

Increase in Direct Costs

     3   
             (c)   

Definitions

     3   
             (d)   

Determination of Payment

     6   
             (e)   

Audit Right

     5   
ARTICLE 4   

SECURITY DEPOSIT

     7   
ARTICLE 5   

HOLDING OVER

     7   
ARTICLE 6   

OTHER TAXES

     8   
ARTICLE 7   

USE

     8   
ARTICLE 8   

CONDITION OF PREMISES

     9   
ARTICLE 9   

REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS

     9   
             (a)   

Landlord’s Obligations

     9   
             (b)   

Tenant’s Obligations

     9   
             (c)   

Alterations

     10   
             (d)   

Insurance; Liens

     10   
             (e)   

Costs and Fees; Removal

     10   
ARTICLE 10   

LIENS

     11   
ARTICLE 11   

PROJECT SERVICES

     11   
             (a)   

Basic Services

     11   
             (b)   

Excess Usage

     12   
             (c)   

Additional Electrical Service

     12   
             (d)   

HVAC Balance

     12   
             (e)   

Telecommunications

     12   
             (f)   

After-Hours Use

     12   
             (g)   

Reasonable Charges

     13   
             (h)   

Sole Electrical Representative

     11   
ARTICLE 12   

RIGHTS OF LANDLORD

     13   
             (a)   

Right of Entry

     13   
             (b)   

Maintenance Work

     13   
             (c)   

Rooftop

     12   
             (d)   

Communication Equipment

     14   
ARTICLE 13   

INDEMNITY; EXEMPTION OF LANDLORD FROM LIABILITY

     15   
             (a)   

Indemnity

     15   
             (b)   

Exemption of Landlord from Liability

     16   
             (c)   

Security

     16   
ARTICLE 14   

INSURANCE

     16   
             (a)   

Tenant’s Insurance

     16   
             (b)   

Form of Policies

     17   
             (c)   

Landlord’s Insurance

     17   
             (d)   

Waiver of Subrogation

     17   
             (e)   

Compliance with Law

     17   
ARTICLE 15   

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     18   

 

(i)


          Page  
ARTICLE 16   

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

     20   
ARTICLE 17   

SUBORDINATION

     21   
ARTICLE 18   

EMINENT DOMAIN

     22   
ARTICLE 19   

DEFAULT

     22   
ARTICLE 20   

REMEDIES

     23   
ARTICLE 21   

TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST

     24   
ARTICLE 22   

BROKER

     25   
ARTICLE 23   

PARKING

     25   
ARTICLE 24   

WAIVER

     26   
ARTICLE 25   

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

     26   
ARTICLE 26   

LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

     27   
ARTICLE 27   

INABILITY TO PERFORM

     27   
ARTICLE 28   

HAZARDOUS WASTE

     27   
ARTICLE 29   

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF PROPERTY

     28   
ARTICLE 30   

MISCELLANEOUS

     29   
             (a)   

SEVERABILITY; ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     29   
             (b)   

Attorneys’ Fees; Waiver of Jury Trial

     29   
             (c)   

Time of Essence

     30   
             (d)   

Headings; Joint and Several

     30   
             (e)   

Reserved Area

     30   
             (f)   

NO OPTION

     30   
             (g)   

Use of Project Name; Improvements

     30   
             (h)   

Rules and Regulations

     30   
             (i)   

Quiet Possession

     31   
             (j)   

Rent

     31   
             (k)   

Successors and Assigns

     31   
             (1)   

Notices

     31   
             (m)   

Persistent Delinquencies

     31   
             (n)   

Right of Landlord to Perform

     31   
             (o)   

Access, Changes in Project, Facilities, Name

     31   
             (p)   

Signing Authority

     32   
             (q)   

Identification of Tenant

     32   
             (r)   

Substitute Premises

     30   
             (s)   

Survival of Obligations

     33   
             (t)   

Confidentiality

     33   
             (u)   

Governing Law

     33   
             (v)   

Office of Foreign Assets Control

     33   
             (w)   

Financial Statements

     34   
             (x)   

Exhibits

     34   
             (y)   

Independent Covenants

     34   
             (z)   

Counterparts

     34   
             (aa)   

Non-Discrimination

     34   
ARTICLE 31   

OPTION TO EXTEND

     34   
             (a)   

Option Right

     34   
             (b)   

Option Rent

     34   
             (c)   

Exercise of Option

     35   

 

(ii)


          Page  

ARTICLE 32

  

SIGNAGE

     35   

 

Exhibit “A”   Premises
Exhibit “A-1”   Legal Description
Exhibit “B”   Rules and Regulations
Exhibit “C”   Notice of Term Dates and Tenant’s Proportionate Share
Exhibit “D”   Work Letter
Exhibit “E”   Covered Reserved Parking Spaces
Exhibit “F”   Tenant’s Signage
Exhibit “X”   Prime Lease

 

(iii)


 

INDEX

 

     Page(s)  

Additional Rent

     3   

Alterations

     9   

Base Year

     1   

Basic Rental

     1   

Broker

     22   

Brokers

     1   

Commencement Date

     2   

Communication Equipment

     12   

Communication Equipment Notice

     12   

Controllable Operating Costs

     4   

Direct Costs

     3   

Dispute Notice

     6   

Economic Terms

     32   

Estimate

     5   

Estimate Statement

     5   

Estimated Excess

     5   

Event of Default

     19   

Excess

     5   

Expansion Interest Notice

     32   

Expiration Date

     1   

First Offer Notice

     32   

First Offer Space

     32   

Force Majeure

     24   

Hazardous Material

     25   

Initial Installment of Basic Rental

     2   

Interest Notice

     31   

Landlord

     1   

Landlord Parties

     13   

Laws

     25   

Lease

     1   

Lease Year

     2   

LEED

     4   

Market Rent

     31   

Operating Costs

     3   

Option

     31   

Option Rent

     31   

Option Rent Notice

     32   

Option Term

     31   

Original Tenant

     31   

Parking Passes

     2   

Partnership Tenant

     29   

Permitted Use

     1   

Premises

     1   

Project

     1   

Real Property

     3   

Recognition Term

     34   

Rent

     3   

Rental Tax

     3   

Review Notice

     5   

Review Period

     5   

Rules and Regulations

     27   

Security Deposit

     1   

SNDA

     18   

Square Footage

     1   

Statement

     5   

Superior Leases

     32   

Superior Rights

     32   

Tax Costs

     3   

Tenant

     1   

 

(iv)


     Page(s)  

Tenant Improvements

     8   

Tenant’s Acceptance

     32   

Tenant’s Proportionate Share

     1   

Tenant’s Signage

     33   

Term

     1   

Transfer

     16   

Transfer Premium

     17   

Transferee

     17   

 

(v)

 

EXHIBIT 31.01

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Jeffrey W. Lunsford, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Limelight Networks, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: November 5, 2010   By:  

  /s/ Jeffrey W. Lunsford

          Jeffrey W. Lunsford
          President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
          (Principal Executive Officer)

 

EXHIBIT 31.02

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Douglas S. Lindroth, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Limelight Networks, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: November 5, 2010       By:  

  /s/ Douglas S. Lindroth

          Douglas S. Lindroth
          Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
          (Principal Financial Officer)

 

EXHIBIT 32.01

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Pursuant to

18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

As Adopted pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Jeffrey W. Lunsford, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the quarterly report of Limelight Networks, Inc. on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2010, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such quarterly report on Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Limelight Networks, Inc.

 

Date: November 5, 2010     By:  

  /s/ Jeffrey W. Lunsford

        Jeffrey W. Lunsford
        President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
        (Principal Executive Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Limelight Networks, Inc. and will be retained by, Limelight Networks Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. This certification “accompanies” the Form 10-Q to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10-Q), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

 

EXHIBIT 32.02

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

Pursuant to

18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

As Adopted pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Douglas S. Lindroth, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the quarterly report of Limelight Networks, Inc. on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2010, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such quarterly report on Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Limelight Networks, Inc.

 

Date: November 5, 2010       By:  

  /s/ Douglas S. Lindroth

          Douglas S. Lindroth
          Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
          (Principal Financial Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Limelight Networks, Inc. and will be retained by, Limelight Networks Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. This certification “accompanies” the Form 10-Q to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10-Q), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.